diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git')
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git | 7103 |
1 files changed, 3516 insertions, 3587 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git index 205167523..f6bcf6fe6 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git +++ b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
-<head>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" />
-<title></title>
-<style type="text/css">
-/*
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" /> +<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.8" /> +<title></title> +<style type="text/css"> +/* * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
* modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
* compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
@@ -462,13 +462,13 @@ Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
- ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée
- Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une
- interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à
- partir de tous ces équipements de plongée et pour enregistrer et analyser
- ces enregistrements dans un système unique.
-</p>
-</li>
+ ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée + Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une + interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à + partir de tous ces équipements de plongée, en enregistrant et en analysant + ces enregistrements dans un système unique. +</p> +</li> <li>
<p>
Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est
@@ -476,38 +476,33 @@ Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em d’accéder à vos enregistrements de plongées sur chaque système
d’exploitation en utilisant une application unique.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac et votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des
- logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par
- exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser
- vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui
- intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Avez-vous besoin d’un moyen d’enregistrer ou de sauvegarder votre carnet de
- plongée sur Internet, Vous permettant de visualiser votre carnet depuis
- n’importe où, en utilisant un navigateur Internet ?
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win XP ou plus récent), les Macs
-basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X) et de nombreuses distributions
-Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour bien plus de plateformes
-matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et libdivecomputer sont
-disponibles.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Le but de ce document est l’utilisation du programme Subsurface. Pour
-installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le
-<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de
-problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur
+</li> +<li> +<p> +Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac mais votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des + logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par + exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser + vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation. +</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p> +Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui + intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ? +Avez-vous besoin d’un moyen d’nregistrer et de sauvegarder vos plongées sur +Internet, vous permettant de les voir depuis n’importe où en utilisant un +navigateur Internet ? <em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win XP ou +plus récent), les Macs basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X) et de nombreuses +distributions Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour bien plus de +plateformes matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et +libdivecomputer sont disponibles. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ce manuel explique comment utiliser le programme <em>Subsurface</em>. Pour +installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le +<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de +problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur <a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et
rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour
des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses
@@ -524,160 +519,134 @@ professionnels</p></div> <div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>When opened from within <em>Subsurface</em>, this manual does not have external
controls for paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are
-provided:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>SEARCH</em> function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on the
-keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see
-image below). For instance, if one typed the word "<em>weights</em>" into the
-search text box, this word will be searched for throughout this user
-manual. To the right of the search text box are two arrows pointing upwards
-and downwards. Selecting these allow finding, respectively, the previous and
-the next occurence of the term being searched for.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="User manual functions" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>PREVIOUS/NEXT LINK</em>. One can move between links (underlined words allowing
-one to jump to specific sections in this user manual) by right-clicking on
-the text of the manual. This brings up a context menu for jumping to
-previous links selected while reading the manual (see image above). For
-instance if a link in the manual has been selected, then the option to <em>Go
-Back</em> shows the text at the last link that was selected (similar to the
-Previous Page button in a browser). Conversely the <em>Go Forward</em> option
-enables jumping to the text perused before selecting the <em>Go Back</em>
-option. The <em>Reload</em> option causes the complete user manual to be reloaded
-into the user manual window.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans le but de développer <em>Subsurface</em> d’une manière qui serve ses
-utilisateurs de la meilleur manière qu’il soit, il est important d’avoir des
-informations sur les utilisateurs. À l’ouverture de <em>Subsurface</em> après avoir
-utilisé le logiciel pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage
-apparait. Cela est complètement optionnel et l’utilisateur contrôle quelles
-informations sont envoyées ou non à l'équipe de développement de
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Toutes les données que l’utilisateur choisit d’envoyer sont
-extrêmement utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour les futures
-développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux aux besoins
-des utilisateurs de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous complétez le sondage ou cliquez
-sur l’option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la dernière
-communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos habitudes de
-plongées ou d’utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez envoyer un
-nouveau sondage en démarrant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l’option <em>--survey</em> sur la
-ligne de commande.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
+provided:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>SEARCH</em> function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on the +keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see +image below). For instance, typing the word "<em>weights</em>" into the search +text box, searches throughout the user manual. To the right of the search +text box are two arrows pointing up and down. These find the previous and +the next occurrence of the search term. +<span class="image"> +<img src=":images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="User manual functions" /> +</span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>PREVIOUS/NEXT LINK</em>. Move between links (underlined words that jump to +specific sections in the user manual) by right-clicking on the text of the +manual. This brings up a context menu to previous links selected. (see +image above). For instance if a link has been selected, then the option to +<em>Go Back</em> shows the text at the last link selected (similar to the Previous +Page button in a browser). Conversely the <em>Go Forward</em> option jumps to the +text seen before selecting the <em>Go Back</em> option. The <em>Reload</em> option reloads +the complete user manual into the window.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to develop <em>Subsurface</em> to serve its users in the best possible +way, it’s important to have user information. Upon launching <em>Subsurface</em> +and using the software for a week or so, a one-box user survey pops up. It +is entirely optional and the user controls what, if any, data are sent to +the <em>Subsurface</em> development team. All data the user sends is useful, and +will only be used to steer future development and to customize the software +to fit the needs of the <em>Subsurface</em> users. If you complete the survey, or +click the option not to be asked again, that should be the last +communication of this type you receive. However, if your diving and/or +subsurface habits change and you wish to fill in another survey, just launch +<em>Subsurface</em> with the <em>--survey</em> option on the command line.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> <h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu
-principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour
-Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les
-quatre panneaux sont :</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> en bas à gauche, contenant une liste de toutes les
-plongées du journal (carnet) de plongées de l’utilisateur. Une plongée peut
-être sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant
-dessus. Dans la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisée
-pour passer d’une plongée à l’autre. La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> est un outil
-important pour manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>carte de plongée</strong> en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de
-l’utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière
-plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Les <strong>informations</strong> en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations détaillées
-sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, dont des
-statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées mises
-en surbrillance.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>profil de plongée</strong> en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée
-graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la
-taille de chaque panneau. <em>Subsurface</em> mémorise la position de ces
-séparateurs, pour qu’au prochain lancement <em>Subsurface</em> utilise ces
-positions.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une unique plongée est sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>,
-l’emplacement de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la
-<em>plongée sélectionnée</em> sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. D’autre
-part, si plusieurs plongées sont sélectionnées, la dernière mise en
-surbrillance est la <em>plongée sélectionnée</em>, mais les données de <em>toutes les
-plongées mises en surbrillances</em> sont affichées dans l’onglet <strong>Stats</strong> du
-panneau <strong>informations</strong> (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne, les
-durées, les températures de l’eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total et
-nombre de plongées sélectionnées).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>L’utilisateur peut déterminer si lesquels des quatre panneaux sont affichés
-en sélectionnant l’option <strong>Vue</strong> dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité
-permet plusieurs choix d’affichage :</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour
-toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong> : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Comme la plupart des autre fonctions qui peuvent être accédée via le menu
-principal, ces options peuvent être utilisées par des raccourcis
-clavier. Les raccourcis pour un système particulier sont affichés avec un
-souligné des les entrées de menu. À cause des différents systèmes
-d’exploitation et des divers langues, <em>Subsurface</em> peut utiliser différentes
-touches de raccourcis et ne sont donc pas détaillées ici.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n’affiche aucune
-information. Ceci parce que le programme n’a aucune information de plongée
-disponible. Dans les sections suivantes, le procédure pour créer a nouveau
-carnet de plongée sera détaillée.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner <em>Fichier → Nouveau carnet de plongée</em> à partir du menu
-principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de
-nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S’il existe des données non encore
-enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l’utilisateur devra sélectionner s’il
-faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Maintenant qu’un nouveau carnet de plongée a été créé, il est simple de lui
-ajouter des données. <em>Subsurface</em> permet plusieurs façons pour ajouter des
-données de plongée au carnet. Plus de détails dans les sections suivantes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Si l’utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme
- de
- carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées
- au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Entrer les informations de plongée à la main. Cela est utile si le plongeur
- n’a pas
- utilisé d’ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un
- carnet manuscrit. Voir <a href="#S_EnterData">Entrer les informations de plongée
- à la main</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un
+principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour +Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les +quatre panneaux sont :</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive List</strong> on the bottom left, showing all the dives in the user’s dive +log. A dive can be selected and highlighted on the dive list by clicking on +it. In most situations the up/down keys can be used to switch between +dives. The <strong>Dive List</strong> is an important tool for manipulating a dive log.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Map</strong> on the bottom right, showing the user’s dive sites on a world +map and centered on the site of the last dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Info</strong> on the top left, giving more detailed information on the dive +selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, including some statistics for the selected dive +or for all highlighted dive(s).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> on the top right, showing a graphical dive profile of the +selected dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dividers between panels can be dragged to change the size of any of the +panels. <em>Subsurface</em> remembers the position of the dividers, so the next +time <em>Subsurface</em> starts it uses the positions of the dividers from the last +time the program was used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a single dive is selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive location, detailed +information and profile of the <em>selected dive</em> are shown in the respective +panels. If several dives are selected, the last highlighted dive is the +<em>selected dive</em>, but summary data of all <em>highlighted dives</em> is shown in the +<strong>Stats</strong> tab of the <strong>Info</strong> panel (maximum, minimum and average depths, +durations, water temperatures and SAC; total time and number of dives +selected).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user decides which of the four panels are displayed by selecting the +<strong>View</strong> option on the main menu. This feature has several choices of display:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour +toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong>: Show only the world map, centered on the last selected dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Like other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these options +can also be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts for a +particular system are shown with an underline in the main menu +entries. Since different Operating Systems and the user’s chosen language +may cause <em>Subsurface</em> to use different shortcut keys, they are not listed +in this user manual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When the program is started for the first time, it shows no information at +all, because it does not have any dive information available. In the +following sections, the procedures to create a new logbook will be +explained.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select <em>File → New Logbook</em> from the main menu. All existing dive data are +cleared so new information can be added. If there are unsaved data in an +open logbook, the user is asked whether the open logbook should be saved +before a new logbook is created.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now that a new logbook is created, it is simple to add dive data it. +<em>Subsurface</em> allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook. +1) Si l’utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme + de + carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées + au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes : + - Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver didn’t + utilisé d’ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un + carnet manuscrit. Voir <a href="#S_EnterData">Entrer les informations de plongée + à la main</a></p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un tableur
- soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D :
- Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à
- <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Si les plongées ont été enregistrées en utilisant un ordinateur de plongée,
- le profil de profondeur de la
- plongée et de nombreuses informations supplémentaires peuvent être
- utilisées. Ces plongées peuvent être importées à partir de :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-L’ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer
+ soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D : + Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à + <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>. +If a dive is recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile and a large +amount of additional information can be accessed. These dives can be +imported from: +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +L’ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</a> ou
</p>
</li>
@@ -688,146 +657,143 @@ Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d’ordinateurs de <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d’autres
sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</a>.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Importer à partir d’un tableur ou de fichiers CSV contenant les profils de
- plongées.
- Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir
- des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a>
-</p>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +Spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles. + Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir + des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a> +</p> </li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic
-record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important
-information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time,
-duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive
-guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
-information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log,
-select <em>Log → Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three
-panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel
-(<strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays
-a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively marked
-<span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these tabs will
-now be explained for data entry.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When one edits a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters
-<strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the
-<strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the
-panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic +record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important +information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, +duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and the dive master or dive +guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more +information for each dive. To add a dive to a dive log, select <em>Log → Add +Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three panels on which to +enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel (<strong>Notes</strong> and +<strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays a graphical +profile of each dive. These panels are respectively marked <span class="red">A</span>, +<span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these tabs will now be +explained for data entry.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When you edit a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters +<strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the +<strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the +panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a
-dive have been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>,
-<em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the
-information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the
-information for this specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes
-Subsurface, the program will ask again, this time whether the complete dive
-log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
-function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the
-<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook,
-<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to
-best represent the dive being described:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive
-profile, its position is indicated by two right-angled red lines as shown
-below. The time and depth represented by the cursor are indicated at the
-top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on
-the axes are determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile
-itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots
-on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the
-dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints
-downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line
-segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint,
-right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. Drag
-the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for the dive. Below is
-a dive profile for a dive to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety
-stop at 5 m.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is clearly
-indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the
-first gas mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the
-case of the profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile
-can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular waypoint and
-selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing the gas for a
-waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of that
-waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in
-the context menu (see image below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile having been defined, more details must be added in order to
-have a fuller record of the dive. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the
-<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be
-used. Click on <a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions to use these
-tabs.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
+dive have been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, +<em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the +information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the +information for this specific dive is saved in memory. The <em>Apply changes</em> +button should ONLY be selected after all parts of a dive have been +entered. When you close Subsurface, the program will ask again, this time +whether the complete dive log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a +function of time) is shown in the panel on the top right hand of the +<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, +<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to +best represent the dive described:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive +profile, its position is shown by two right-angled red lines as seen below. +The time and depth represented by the cursor are indicated at the top of the +black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on the axes are +determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile itself comprises +several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots on the profile, as +shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the dive depth was 20 m +then you need to drag the appropriate waypoints downward to 20 m. To add a +waypoint, double-click on any line segment. To move an additional waypoint, +drag it. To remove a waypoint, right-click on it and choose "Remove this +point" from the context menu. Drag the waypoints to represent an accurate +time duration for the dive. Below is a dive profile for a dive to 20 m for +30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is indicated +along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the first gas +mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the case of the +profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile can be +changed by right-clicking on the particular waypoint and selecting the +appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing the gas for a waypoint +affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of that waypoint. Note +that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in the context +menu (see image below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile now defined, more details must be added to have a fuller +record of the dive. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the +top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used. Click on +<a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions on how to use these tabs.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> <h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</h3>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
-information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration,
-rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can
-capture this information and present it as part of the dive information,
-using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list
-of supported dive computers can be found at:
-<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
-Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of +information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, +rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can +capture this information, using dive details from a wide range of dive +computers. The latest list of supported dive computers can be found at: +<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/"> +Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their
-PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We
-therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged
-when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and
-Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users
-should refer to the dive computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the
-dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
-<em>Subsurface</em>, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate
-with one another. This involves setting up the communications port (or
-mount point) of the computer with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the
-dive computer. In order to set up this communication, one needs to find the
-appropriate information to instruct <em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the
-dive information.
-<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
-A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieving this for
-different operating systems and
-<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
-B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC, which can
-be achieved by following these steps:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
+<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in PC-Communication +mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We recommend the +user checks to be sure the dive computer is charged when connected to the +USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and Mares dive computers do +not recharge through the USB connection. Users should refer to the dive +computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the dive computer recharges its +batteries while connected to the USB port.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with +<em>Subsurface</em>, the two pieces of equipment must communicate with one +another. This involves setting up the communications port (or mount point) +of the computer with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the dive +computer. To set up this communication, users need to find the appropriate +information to instruct <em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the dive +information. +<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix +A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieve this for +different operating systems and +<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix +B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC using these +steps:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
</p>
@@ -847,18 +813,18 @@ In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import Fro </ol></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even
-though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that
-reason, if the dive computer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives
-that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster
-on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at
-least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
+<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in memory, even though +these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that reason, if +the dive computer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives that have not +been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster on most dive +computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at least for +those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
<strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto,
Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model
@@ -872,76 +838,75 @@ The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bl port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive
computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
- A</a> and
- <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
- B</a> for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for
- a particular dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct
- settings to the operating system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is
- running.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
- checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only
- downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
- panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> have been accidentally
- deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from
- the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers
- (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the
- download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive
- computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check
+ A</a> and + <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix + B</a> for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for + a specific dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct settings + to the operating system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is running. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p>
+If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the + checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only + downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> + panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> has been accidentally + deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from + the dive computer, this box needs to be checked. Some dive computers + (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the + download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive + computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check box.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
-If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and,
- during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer
- and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
- divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and, + during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer + and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> + divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the
downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
-<p>
-Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
- <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
- when problems with downloads are experienced (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Then select the <em>Download</em> button. With communication established, one can
- see how the data are retrieved from the dive computer. Depending on the
- make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this could take
- some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the
- bottom of the dialogue (for some dive computers the progress information
- could be inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there
- is until all data have been downloaded). After successful download, Dialogue
- <strong>B</strong> in the figure above appears. After the dives have been downloaded, they
- appear in a tabular format on the right-hand side of the dialogue (see image
- <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration
- and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that
- need to be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above,
- the last six dives are checked and will be transferred to the <strong>Dive
- List</strong>. Then click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the
- imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and
- time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its battery
- power.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After this has been completed, select the OK button. The checked dives are
-transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
+<p> +Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and + <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools + when there are problems with downloads(see below). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Then select the <em>Download</em> button. With communication established, you can + see how the data are retrieved from the dive computer. Depending on the + make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this could take + some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the + bottom of the dialogue. Remember for some dive computers progress + information could be inaccurate since the program doesn’t know how much + downloadable data there is until the download is complete. After successful + download, Dialogue <strong>B</strong> in the figure above appears. After the dives have + been downloaded, they appear in a tabular format on the right-hand side of + the dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, + with the date, duration and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: + check all the dives that need to be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the + case of the image above, the last six dives are checked and will be + transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of + the dialogue. All the imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by + date and time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its + battery power. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Then click the OK button. The checked dives are transferred to the <strong>Dive +List</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0
Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
@@ -964,143 +929,137 @@ If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error <p>
Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode?
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the battery of the dive computer fully charged? If not then the battery
- must be charged or replaced.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work perfectly using other
- software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being
- used? Are the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Consult
- <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
- A</a> and make sure that the correct Mount Point was specified (see above).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +Is the dive computer’s battery fully charged? If not then charge or replace + it. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work using other software? + Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being used? Are + the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Consult + <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix + A</a> to be sure the correct Mount Point was specified (see above). +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the
USB port? If not, consult
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
A</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognise the USB adaptor by showing
-an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a
-possibility that the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the
-most common cause of communication failure between dive computer and
-<em>Subsurface</em> computer. It is also possible that the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
-cannot interpret the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with
-the following two check boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed
-above:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile
-Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered
-during the download process: under normal circumstances they should not be checked.
-When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder to
-save the information to. The default folder is the one in which the <em>Subsurface</em>
-dive log is kept.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes
-checked, no dives are added to the
+</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognize the USB adaptor by showing +an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a +possibility the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the most +common cause of communication failure between a dive computer and +<em>Subsurface</em> computer. It’s also possible the <em>Subsurface</em> computer cannot +interpret the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with the +following two boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed above:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile +Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered +during the download process. Under normal circumstances they should not be checked. +When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder where the information will be saved. The default folder is the one in which the +<em>Subsurface</em> +dive log is kept.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes +checked, no dives are added to the <strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>subsurface.log
subsurface.bin</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list:
-<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be
-analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual
-information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive
-computers and <em>Subsurface</em>, for instance, the Shearwater Petrel Mk2 and the
-OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent
-Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication
-requires four steps:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure that Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in
- PC upload mode.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting <em>Import → Import from dive
-computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If one checks the check box labelled
-<em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_sur_linux_ou_macos">Sur Linux ou MacOS :</h5>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
-and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right-hand side, On the lefthand
-side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices
-the user can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to
-<em>Subsurface</em>. The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown
-below the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> check
-box.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the
-local Bluetooth device. Ensure that the Bluetooth driver is installed
-correctly on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other
-Bluetooth utilities like <em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This achieves the
-first two steps above.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and
-that it is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of
-the dive computer to perform this. Now the third item in the list above has
-been achieved.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left of the dialogue
-above. After searching for a small amount of time, the dive computer should
-be listed (perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list
-box on the lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this is not
-achieved, select the <em>Clear</em> button and then scan again for Bluetooth
-devices using the <em>Scan</em> button. After performing these actions <em>Subsurface</em>
-should see the dive computer. The label of the discovered dive computer
-contains the name of the device, its address and its pairing status. If the
-device is not paired and has a red background colour, a context menu can be
-opened by selecting the item with a right-click. Select the the <em>Pair</em>
-option and wait for the task to complete. If this dive computer is being
-paired to Subsurface for the first time, it is possible that Subsurface will
-request a Pass Code or PIN number. The most commonly-used Pass Code is 0000,
-and this works for the Shearwater Petrel. If necessary, consult the user
-manual of the dive computer being used.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
+</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list: +<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be +analyzed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual +information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div> +</div></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive +computers and <em>Subsurface</em>, for or instance, the Shearwater Petrel Mk2 and +the OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent +Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication +requires four steps:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Be sure Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Be sure <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in + PC upload mode. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Be sure <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting <em>Import → Import from dive +computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If you check the box labelled <em>"Choose +Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears. +===== Sur Linux ou MacOS :</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer +and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right hand side, On the left hand +side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices +the user can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to +<em>Subsurface</em>. The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown +below the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> box. If +the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the local +Bluetooth device. Be sure the Bluetooth driver is installed correctly on the +<em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other Bluetooth +utilities like <em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This finishes the first two +steps above. Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload +mode and it is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual +of the dive computer for more information. Now the third item in the list +above has been finished. Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left +of the dialogue above. After searching, the dive computer should be listed +(perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list box on +the lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this does not work, +select the <em>Clear</em> button, then scan again for Bluetooth devices using the +<em>Scan</em> button. After taking these actions <em>Subsurface</em> should see the dive +computer. The label of the discovered dive computer contains the name of +the device, its address and its pairing status. If the device is not paired +and has a red background color, a context menu can be opened by selecting +the item with a right-click. Select the the <em>Pair</em> option and wait for the +task to complete. If this dive computer is being paired to Subsurface for +the first time, it’s possible Subsurface will request a Pass Code or PIN +number. The most commonly-used Pass Code is 0000, and this works for the +Shearwater Petrel. If necessary, consult the user manual of the dive +computer being used.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
@@ -1122,53 +1081,51 @@ Default agent request successful Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
Request PIN code
-[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue can be
-pressed. This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the
-<em>Download from dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The
-downloaded dives are shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_sur_windows">Sur Windows :</h5>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre> +</div></div> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired, press the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue. This +closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the <em>Download from +dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The downloaded dives are +shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_sur_windows">Sur Windows :</h5> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the
-right is not displayed as is the case on the Linux/Mac implementations. To
-successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the <em>Scan</em> button) check that the
-Bluetooth device on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer is turned on by selecting the
-dive computer from the list of available Bluetooth devices (see image
-above). If the dive computer is accessed by Subsurface for the first time,
-it is possible that Subsurface will request a Pass Code/PIN number. Supply
-the Pass Code recommended in the user manual of the dive computer. A Pass
-Code of 0000 is often appropriate.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download
-process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask for your
-permissions and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a
-device, Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a
-discovered item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button. Finally select the
-<em>Download</em> button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to
-complete.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
+</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the +right is not displayed as is the case on the Linux/Mac systems. To start a +scan (by pressing the <em>Scan</em> button) check that the Bluetooth device on the +<em>Subsurface</em> computer is turned on by selecting the dive computer from the +list of available Bluetooth devices (see image above). If the dive computer +is being accessed by Subsurface for the first time, it’s possible Subsurface +will request a Pass Code or PIN number. Supply the Pass Code recommended in +the user manual of the dive computer. A Pass Code or PIN of 0000 is often +the default.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download +process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask for your +permission and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a device, +Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a discovered +item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button. Finally select the <em>Download</em> +button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to complete.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth adapters which use
-Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses <em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet
-One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSoleil</em> drivers it will definitely not
-work. However, Bluetooth hardware/dongles from these manufacturers
-(e.g. iSonic) that support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A log messageOn the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em>
-shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select
-another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection
-dialogue" press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download
+</td> +<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth adapters which use +Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses <em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet +One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSoleil</em> drivers it will not work. However, +Bluetooth hardware/dongles from these manufacturers (e.g. iSonic) that +support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A log message on the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em> +shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select +another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection +dialogue" press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em> option.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
@@ -1185,128 +1142,125 @@ with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> </div>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
-upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if one’s partner’s dive
-computer is the same make and model as one’s own and dive logs are uploaded
-from both dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then one would
-perhaps like to call one dc "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob’s
-Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver dives with two or more
-dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
-In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and
-another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the
-<strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog opens, indicating
-the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for
-upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After
-saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular
-device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
-computer is not complete and more details must be added in order to have a
-fuller record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs
-on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record the user needs to add additional
-information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for
-hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, one has to provide the date and time of the dive, e.g. when
-entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer does not provide the date
-and time of the dive. (Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture
-and water temperature are shown as obtained from the dive computer) If the
-contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in
-a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that the dive is being
-edited. If one clicks on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are visible
-(left hand image, below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to +upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if a buddy’s dive computer is +the same make and model as your own and dive logs are uploaded from both +dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then you might like to +call one "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other "Bob’s Suunto D4". Alternatively, +consider a technical diver who dives with two or more dive computers of the +same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded. In this case it might +be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and another "Suunto D4 +(2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log +→ Edit device names</em>. A dialog box opens, showing the current Model, ID and +Nickname of the dive computers used for upload. Edit the Nickname field for +the appropriate dive computer. After saving the Nickname, the dive logs show +the nickname for that particular device instead of the model name, allowing +easy identification of devices.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive +computer is not complete and more details must be added to have a full +record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the +top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record, the user needs to add additional +information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for +hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, you must provide the date and time of the dive, for example +when entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer doesn’t provide the +date and time of the dive. (Usually the date and time of the dive, gas +mixture and water temperature are shown as obtained from the dive computer) +If the contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the +message in a blue box at the top of the panel shows the dive is being +edited. If you click on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are visible +(left hand image, below):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive
-information. The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By
-clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the
-correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and
-minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text
-box and by over-typing the information displayed.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
-in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
-temperature information and this box may therefore contain information.
-If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
-might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as
-the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment.
-If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
-automatically supplied by
-<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
+</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive +information. The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By +clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which you can choose the +correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and +minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text +box and by over-typing the information displayed.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown +in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water +temperature information and this box may have information. +If air temperature isn’t provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading +might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close to the real air temperature. +If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be +automatically supplied by +<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will be used).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log. The dive
-information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore not be edited
-at the same time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive
-information (e.g. divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive)
-by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab before editing the dive site
-information. Only then, supply a dive site name in the textbox labelled
-<em>Location</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Type the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". If
-several dives are performed at the same location, the dive site information
-for the first dive is re-used. Existing dive location information can be
-edited at any time by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive performed
-at that site and by opening the location information by clicking the globe
-button on the right of the location name (see image on the right,
-above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of dive site names
-makes it easy to select an existing dive site name (i.e. when typing the
-name of a dive site, a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar
-names). If the dive site has been used before, click on the already-existing
-name. The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe
-symbol (indicating existing dive sites in the <em>Subsurface</em> database) or a
-<strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the
-current dive site name but which have not been added to the dive site
-database). Therefore, if the present dive site has not been used before, a
-message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the
-coordinates and other important information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>,
-above). The most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are
-three ways of specifying the coordinates:</p></div>
-<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
-<li>
-<p>
-One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part
- of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No
- location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive
- location". Upon a doubleclick at the appropriate place, the orange bar
- disappears and the coordinates are stored.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The coordinates can be obtained from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if the
- user has an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the coordinates of the
- dive site were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for
- more information</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four
- formats with latitude followed by longitude:
-</p>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
+<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log. The dive +information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore NOT be edited +at the same time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive +information (e.g. divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive) +by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab BEFORE editing the dive site +information. Then supply a dive site name in the textbox labelled <em>Location</em> +on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Type in the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". If +several dives are made at the same location, the site information for the +first dive is re-used. Existing dive locations can be edited by selecting +(on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive done at that site and by opening the +location information. Click the globe button on the right of the location +name (see image on the right, above). When entering a dive location name, +auto location of dive site names makes it easy to select an existing dive +site name. When typing the name of a dive site, a dropdown list appears +showing all sites with similar names. If the dive site has been used before, +click on the already-existing name. The dive site names in the dropdown +list contain either a globe symbol (indicating existing dive sites in the +<em>Subsurface</em> database) or a <strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that +appear consistent with the current dive site name but which haven’t been +added to the dive site database). If the present dive site has not been +used before, a message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the +coordinates and other information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>, above). The +most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are three ways +to specify coordinates:</p></div> +<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> +<li> +<p> +Use the world map in the bottom right hand part of the <em>Subsurface</em> + window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No location data - Move + the map and double-click to set the dive location". Doubleclick at the + appropriate place, and the orange bar disappears and the coordinates are + stored. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Use the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if you have an Android or iPhone device + with GPS and if the dive site coordinates were stored using it. + <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for more information</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Enter by hand if the coordinates are known, using one of four formats with + latitude followed by longitude: +</p> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> <pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
@@ -1315,108 +1269,106 @@ e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , </li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
-negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with
-a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
-don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d
-W20d. If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, Save the
-dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of
-the panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location
-name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no dive site name
-causes unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these
-dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
-same).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate
-text box, one can perform an automated name lookup based on the coordinates.
-This is achieved when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site
-based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is
-automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box
-(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom
-of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the
-current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several
-dive sites named "Blue Hole", all these sites are listed in this list box.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other textual information about the dive site (Description and
-Notes), then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive
-site. At a later stage the dive site information can be edited by clicking
-the globe icon to the right of the dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive
-performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default seting, meant for most recreational dives),
-Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
-rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be
-entered in this field
-which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in
-the current logbook.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies
-(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the
-dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
-offered.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.
-Auto selection of the suit description is available.
-Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
-suit and thermal undersuit was used.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
-5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the
-dive on a
-5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered
-here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
-cave, etc.
-<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the
-program
-will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user
-typed
-<code>cav</code>, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown for the user to choose from.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the
-information for tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, so
-there’s no need to use them until <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been
-added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> shows an
-example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completion of the dive information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder
-and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue
-box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part
-of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here)
-determines the behaviour of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> (top right-hand panel).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
-like this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with +a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards +don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d +W20d. If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, save the +dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of +the panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the location +name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no name +causes problems. (Subsurface will think all of these +dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the +same).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate +text box, you can do an automated name lookup based on the coordinates. +This is done when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site +based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is +automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box +(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom +of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the +current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several +sites named "Blue Hole", all of them are listed.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other contextual information about the dive site (Description and +Notes), then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive +site. The dive site information can later be edited by clicking the globe +icon to the right of the dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing you to choose the type of dive +performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default setting, for most recreational dives), +Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit +rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the divemaster or dive guide should be +entered in this field +which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in +the current logbook.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, enter the name(s) of the buddy or buddies +(separated with commas) who were on the +dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is +offered.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered. +Auto selection of the suit description is available. +Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of +suit and thermal under suit was used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: You can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: You can provide a rating of visibility during the +dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive done can be entered +here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training, +cave, etc. +<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If you starts typing a tag, the +program +will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, by typing +<code>cav</code>, the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown to choose from.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the +information for tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> +panel. Use them when <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been added. The image +<a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> shows an example of a +<strong>Notes tab</strong> after completing the dive information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab lets you enter information about the type of cylinder and +gas used, as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in the blue +box at the top of the panel:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>shows the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part of +<em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here) +determines the behavior of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> (top right-hand panel).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks +like this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive
-computers, <em>Subsurface</em> often obtains the gas used from the dive computer
-and automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the
-table. The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders
-for this dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of
-information for a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a
-cylinder if it is used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used
-in the dive, even without a gas change event.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of
-the table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This
-brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of
-cylinders:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was
-used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the
-available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as
-well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will automatically be shown in
-the dialogue.</p></div>
+</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive +computers, <em>Subsurface</em> often gets the gas used from the dive computer and +automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the +table. The + button at the top right lets you add more cylinders for this +dive. The dark dust bin icon on the left lets you delete information for a +cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is used +during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even +without a gas change event. Start by selecting a cylinder type on the +left-hand side of the table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be +clicked. This brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown +list of cylinders:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was +used for this dive, or just start typing in the box which shows the +available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as +well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will automatically be shown in +the dialogue.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
@@ -1424,22 +1376,22 @@ corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div> be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used,
their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any
inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for
-the cylinder, save the data either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
-clicking outside the cell containing the cursor. Information for any
-additional cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right
-hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive using two
-cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
-using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one
-clicks
-the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
-this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+the cylinder, save the data either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by +clicking outside the cell containing the cursor. Information for any +additional cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right +hand. The following is an example of a complete description for a dive using +two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered +using a dialogue similar to that of the cylinder information. If you +click +the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like +this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
</div>
@@ -1449,53 +1401,53 @@ a down-arrow:</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or
-the user may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting
-mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type
-in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight
-system, save the data by either pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
-clicking outside the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter
-information for more than one weight system by adding an additional system
-using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted
-using the dustbin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information
-for a dive with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of
-each uploaded dive is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few
-items of information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the
-<strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the other
-fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the
-fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it is possible
-that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical
-equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive master
-and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each of
-these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>
-fields that need identical information. This is achieved by editing the dive
-notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain
-information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a
-particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while
-editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several
-dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly
-the same information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new,
-edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only
-the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in
-the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after
-several similar dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a
-dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and
-<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive
+</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or +just may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting mechanism +that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type in the +amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight system, +save the data by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the +cell with the cursor. It’s possible to enter information for more than one +weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the top +right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dust bin icon on the +left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of +weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" /> +</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of +each is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few items of +information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the +<strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). Other fields +remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the fields in +the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it’s possible that a diver +performed several dives during a single day, using identical equipment at +the same dive site, or with the same divemaster and/or buddy or +tags. Instead of completing the information for each dive separately, select +all the dives for that day in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same +information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> fields that need identical +information. This is done by editing the dive notes or the equipment for any +one of the selected dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain +information. This means if some fields have been edited for a particular +dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while editing the dives +simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several dives +simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly the same +information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new, edited +information is substituted for all the selected dives. Otherwise only the +edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in the +<strong>Dive List</strong>. This speeds up the completion of the dive log after several +similar dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a +dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and +<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be
copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive
@@ -1503,22 +1455,21 @@ List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. The from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. All the selected
dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive
log.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular
-events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface
-buoy". This is easily done:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up
- the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed
- on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see <strong>A</strong>
- below).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate dives with text that indicate particular +events, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface buoy". This is easily +done:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up + the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed + on the dive profile at that point (see <strong>A</strong> below). +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong>
below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
@@ -1529,14 +1480,14 @@ Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</str A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong>
below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is
- shown at the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +Hovering the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is shown at + the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
@@ -1545,61 +1496,58 @@ If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is </div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be
-saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If
-the <em>Apply changes</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the memory
-image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> button is clicked, then the
-newly entered dive data are erased from the computer memory, although the
-dive profile is retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final
-prompt to confirm that the new data should now be saved permanently on the
-computer disk.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importer_les_informations_à_partir_d_8217_autres_sources_de_données_numériques_ou_d_8217_autres_formats_de_données">5.3. Importer les informations à partir d’autres sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives
-were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need
-retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into
-<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive
-log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user
-has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then
-be imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV
-log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear
-files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can
-configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet)
-can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also
-import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive
-computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog
-software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the
-logbooks first into a webservice like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import them
-from there with <em>Subsurface</em>, as divelogs.de supports a few additional
-logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot parse.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it
-should be sufficient to select either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File
-→ Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many dive
-computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives,
-<em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges
-the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or
-other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be
-significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate
-entries. Below follows more specific information to achieve data import to
-<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">5.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4>
-<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal
-interface activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking
-on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of
-<em>Dive Log Files</em> which gives access to the different types of direct imports
-available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be +saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If +the <em>Apply changes</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the memory +image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> button is clicked, the newly +entered dive data are erased from the computer memory, although the dive +profile is retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final +prompt to confirm the new data should now be saved permanently on the +computer disk.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importer_les_informations_à_partir_d_8217_autres_sources_de_données_numériques_ou_d_8217_autres_formats_de_données">5.3. Importer les informations à partir d’autres sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If you’ve been diving for some time, it’s possible several dives were logged +using other dive log software. These dive logs can probably be imported into +<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive +log software. While some software is supported natively, for others you will +need to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so they can then be +imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV +log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear +files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can +configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet) +can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also +import UDDF and UDCF files used by some dive log software and some dive +computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some dive log +software like Mares Dive Organizer we currently recommend you import the +logbooks first into a web service like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import from +there with <em>Subsurface</em>. Divelogs.de supports a few additional logbook +formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot handle.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, select +either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File → Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> +supports the data formats of many dive computers, including Suunto and +Shearwater. When importing dives, <em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple +records for the same dive and merges the information as best as it can. If +there are no time zone issues (or other reasons that would cause the +beginning time of the dives to be significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will +not create duplicate entries. Below is more specific information to import +data to <em>Subsurface</em>. +==== Using the universal import dialogue</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is done through a universal interface +activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on <em>Import +Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of +<em>Dive Log Files</em> which accesses different types of direct imports available, +as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log
systems)
</p>
@@ -1658,132 +1606,132 @@ Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4) <p>
CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large
-window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue opens the
-imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats, not
-accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained
-below.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.2. Importing from OSTCTools</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management
-tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive
-data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file
+</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large +window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue, opens the +imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats not +accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained +below.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.1. Importing from OSTCTools</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management +tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive +data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right
-select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive
-logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the
-<em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Actually, all H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to
-<em>Subsurface</em>, this includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport,
-and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and OSTC CR.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Please, remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but a
-useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC devices. This way,
-only raw dive computer data will be performed with the import to
-<em>Subsurface</em>; one has to to manually complete the rest of data which may be
-important (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with
-multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported
-into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step
-process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a mechanism to extract the dive log
-information.</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser to the user’s desktop,
- using a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a>
- for more information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. One needs to create a
- user account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em>, log into that web site, then select
- <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> from the menu on the left hand side. The
- instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in
- <em>.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organiser database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive +logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the +<em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>All H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. This +includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, and probably +although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and OSTC CR.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Please remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but +rather a useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC +devices. Only raw dive computer data will be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>; you +have to manually complete the rest of the data you want (buddies, equipment, +notes, etc).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organizer_v2_1">5.3.2. Importing from Mares Dive Organizer V2.1</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares uses proprietary Windows software not compatible with +multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported +into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step +process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a gateway to extract the dive log +information.</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organizer to your desktop, using a + <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> for more + information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. You will first need to + create a user account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. Log into that web site, then + select <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organizer from the menu on the left hand + side. The instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive + information (in _.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organizer database to + <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the
instructions below.
</p>
</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.4. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
-dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be
-selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong>
-below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> into the appropriate
-fields and then select the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em>
-starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the
-end of the download, the success status is indicated (see image <strong>B</strong>,
-below). The <em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported
-dives appear in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.5. Importer des données au format CSV</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either
-as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed
-circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data
-in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that
-allows for easy information exchange between different computers or software
-packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A
-Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be
-exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See
+</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.3. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Importing dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single +dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be +selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong> +below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> and then select the +<em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately, +displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the end of the download, +the success status is shown (see image <strong>B</strong>, below). The <em>Apply</em> button +should then be selected, after which the imported dives appear in the +<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" /> +</div>
+</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.4. Importer des données au format CSV</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either +as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed +circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data +in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that +allows easy information exchange between different computers or software +packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A +Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be +exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for
information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
-<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It is normally
-organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or
-<em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per
-line.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into
+<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It’s normally +organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or +<em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per +line.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to
- that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth,
- dive duration, names of buddy and dive master and perhaps some information
- about cylinder pressures before and after the dive, as well as a comment or
- two about the dive. All the data for a single dive go on a single line of
- text, following the order of the column headings.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information
- about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second
- intervals, indicating depth, water temperature at that depth, and cylinder
- pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a
- single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the
- previous instant. Many lines are required to complete the depth profile
- information for a single dive. This is a common export format used by
- closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software packages
- that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>one needs to
-know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
-<li>
+<p> +<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to + that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth, + dive duration, names of buddy and divemaster and information about cylinder + pressures before and after the dive, as well as comments about the dive. All + the data for a single dive go on a single line of text, following the order + of the column headings. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information + about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second + intervals, indicating depth, water temperature, and cylinder pressure at + that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a single instant + in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the previous instant. Many + lines are required to complete the depth profile information for a single + dive. This is a common export format used by closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) + dive equipment and many software packages that handle dive computer data + and/or dive logs. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>you needs to +know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> +<li> <p>
Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a
@@ -1805,83 +1753,82 @@ Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV <li>
<p>
Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Armed with this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
-straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In
-the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom
-right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file
+</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is +straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In +the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom +right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Notice that, at the top left, there is a dropdown list containing
-pre-configured settings for some of the more common dive computers and
-software packages encountered by divers. If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported
-originated from any of these pre-configured items, then select it. Otherwise
-use the <em>Manual Import</em> option. The configuration panel also has dropdown
-lists for the specification of the appropriate field separator (Tab, comma
-or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, the time units
-(seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system (metric or
-imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for the
-successful import of the data.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The last remaining task is to ensure that all the data columns have the
-appropriate column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the
-column headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons
-immediately above these contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These
-balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance,
-<em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive
-# ". If the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row,
-then drag the appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the
-appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct
-column for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it
-in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is
-depicted in the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure that all the column headings in the blue row
-of cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the
-dialogue. Having completed this task, select the <em>OK</em> button to the bottom
-right of the dialogue. The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown
-in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
+<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top left, there is a dropdown list containing pre- configured +settings for common dive computers and software packages. + If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported originated from any of +these pre-configured items, select it. Otherwise use the <em>Manual Import</em> +option. The configuration panel also has dropdown lists for the specification of the appropriate +field separator (Tab, comma or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, +the time units (seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system +(metric or imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for +the successful data import.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Complete this by ensuring that all the data columns have the appropriate +column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the column +headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons immediately +above these contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These balloons +can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance, <em>Subsurface</em> +expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If the +column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row, drag the +appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the appropriate blue +cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct column for "Dive #", +drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it in the blue cell +immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is depicted in the +image below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure all the column headings in the blue row of +cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the dialogue. +When finished, select the <em>OK</em> button on the bottom right of the dialogue. +The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> +panel.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div> <div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated
-Values</em>. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the
-information using a text editor such as Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or
-TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format is that the
-data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and
-ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by any custom
-or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into files.
-Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format
-between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical,
-graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can
-also be used to import information from other sources such as
-spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated +Values</em>. It is a file format that lets you view or edit information using a +text editor like Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or TextWrangler +(OS/X). There are two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format. First, the data +are easily editable as text without any proprietary software. Second, all +information is human-readable, not obscured by any custom or proprietary +attributes that proprietary software inserts into files. Because of its +simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format between many +software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical, graphics, database +and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can also be used to +import information from other sources like spreadsheet-based dive logs and +some dive computers.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character
used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is
-frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When
-exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be
-specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally
-organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of
-the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each
-field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance
-<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives
+frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When +exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be +specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally +organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of +the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each +field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance +<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
@@ -1922,27 +1869,27 @@ computer:</p></div> 20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column
-headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em>
-file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can
-therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em>
-dive log. Knowledge of a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em>
-file allows a smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. One should avoid some special
-characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double
-quotes (") as part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use
-UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the
-<em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive
-details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser
-used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a
-smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
+</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column +headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em> +file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can be +used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. +Knowing a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em> file helps with a +smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">But, the <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. Avoid some special characters +like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double quotes (") as +part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use UTF-8 +character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the <em>CSV</em> +file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive +details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser +used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a +smaller file to make sure everything works.</td> </tr></table>
</div>
</div>
@@ -1950,25 +1897,24 @@ smaller file to make sure everything works.</td> </div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or
-<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates
-for the diving
-location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em>
-dive log. The Companion App stores the dive locations on
-a dedicated Internet file server. <em>Subsurface</em>, in turn, can collect
-the localities from the file server.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To do this:</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web
- page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong>
- will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and
- Companion App capabilities.
-</p>
-</li>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or +<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates +for the diving +location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. The Companion App +stores dive locations on a dedicated Internet server. <em>Subsurface</em> can collect +the locations from the server. +To do this:</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li>
+<p> +Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web + page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong> + will be sent, a long number giving you access to the file server and + Companion App capabilities. +</p> +</li> <li>
<p>
Download the app from
@@ -1982,68 +1928,68 @@ Download the app from <div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in <em>Subsurface</em> companion
- page using an Internet browser. One can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this
- option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with
- the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> in order
- to activate the account.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forgot their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an
- email to recover the number.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app
- saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and does not ask for it again unless one uses the
- <em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
+<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in the <em>Subsurface</em> + companion page using an Internet browser. You can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using + this option, but it’s supplied via email and followed up by interaction with + the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> to + activate the account. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forget their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an + email to recover the number. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app + saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and doesn’t ask for it again unless you use the + <em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below). +</p> +</li> </ul></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on
-the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting <em>File → Preferences →
-Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. This facilitates
-synchronisation between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The
-Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without
-any dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be
-showed with 3 options:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on +the Default Preferences panel, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → +Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. This helps +synchronization between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you are ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The +Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without +any dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu shows +with 3 options:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it
is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world
- map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which one should indicate the
- desired position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the
- marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select
- the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the
- name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In
- order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> it’s advisable to set the
- time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +Use Map: This option lets you fix a position by searching a world map. A + world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which you can show the desired + position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the marked + location is wrong, simply choose a new location) and select the check + symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown letting you enter the name of + the dive location and the date and time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In + order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> you should set the time + to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
@@ -2051,71 +1997,66 @@ Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world </div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
-<p>
-Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and
- located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the
- stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations,
- then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be
- sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
+<p> +Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and + located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the + stored locations shown. Now select the appropriate locations, then select + the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be sent to the + web service and added to the list on the Android device. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> </div>
<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
-time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the
-selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the
-server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected
-location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations
-(such as <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several locations that are
-selected.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations
-or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is
-changed by selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below)
-and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either
-from the list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If one selects a
-location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below)
-where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When one selects a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to
-it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top
-of the screen:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and +time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the +selection box to the left showing they need to be uploaded to the +server. You can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected +location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations +(like <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several selected locations.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations +or a map showing them. The display mode (List or Map) is changed by +selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below) and then +selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either from the +list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If you select a location +(on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below) where +the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When you select a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to +it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top +of the screen:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> <li>
<p>
Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive
- location.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), one needs to
-upload it to the web service, as explained below.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by
-simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right
-arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
+ location. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Maps: Display a map showing the dive location. After editing and saving a +dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), upload it to the web service, as explained +below.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is +simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right +arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it
-should; it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Be careful! The trash icon on the right means exactly what it should; it +deletes the selected dive location(s).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content">
<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
</div>
@@ -2136,41 +2077,37 @@ be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div> <em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
</p>
</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The
- easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation
- email but, of course, users can also type this information.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_synchronisation">Synchronisation</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device
- and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<li> +<p> +<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The + easiest way to get it is to copy and paste from the confirmation email or + just type it in. +===== Synchronisation +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device + and those on the web service synchronize each time the app is started. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it
is automatically sent to the server.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service
-running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous
-collection of GPS locations.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behaviour of the service:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
+</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering an unique dive location, you can leave the service +running in the background of your Android device, allowing a continuous +collection of GPS locations.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behavior of the service:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> <em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X
minutes until stopped by the user.
</p>
@@ -2188,20 +2125,20 @@ collection of GPS locations.</p></div> </ul></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and
-50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location
-at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong>
-every time one moves 50 m from previous location. If subsequent locations
-are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is
-not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the
-user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every
-50 meters.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
+<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes +and 50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a +location at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes +<strong>or</strong> every time one moves 50 m from previous location. If subsequent +locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new +location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is +saved. If the diver is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a +location every 50 meters.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> <div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to
@@ -2222,108 +2159,108 @@ the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div> <div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Initiates the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined
-settings.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by
-resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
-can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
-ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user’s Android device was used to
-download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5>
+</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Starts the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined settings.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is admittedly a badly named option that disconnects the app from the +server. It resets the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an +account can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the +users own ID. The disconnect option is useful if your Android device was +used to download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5> <div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. One needs to type the user ID
-(obtained during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select
-"Dive in" (see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive
-location information.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive
-location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a
-continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, much later, after
-import, subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the
-times of dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When one
-adds a dive, the location service is started automatically and a red bar
-appears at the bottom of the screen. After the dive one can click on the red
-bar to end the location service. While the location service is running one
-can only add dives using the manual mechanism.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive
-list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The
-dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the webservice and
-there is not an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4>
+</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. Type the user ID (obtained during +registration) into the space reserved for it, then select "Dive in" (see +left part of the image below) and start collecting dive location +information.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" /> +</div>
+</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive +location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a +continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, after import, +Subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the times of +dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When adding a dive, +the location service is started automatically and a red bar appears at the +bottom of the screen. After the dive, click on the red bar to end the +location service. While the location service is running you can only add +dives manually.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive +list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The +dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the web +service. There isn’t an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4> <div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The
-download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main
-Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the
-image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is
-blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to initiate the
-download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, users can
-update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>
-which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new
-dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has
-entered the name of the dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the
-GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive
-information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic
-assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time
-information between these two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide
-range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there
-is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the
-Android device, resulting in no updates.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons
-for this (e.g. time zones), or <em>Subsurface</em> may be unable to decide which is
-the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running
-<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included
-in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more
-subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit
-the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading
-the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading
-GPS data.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
+download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main +Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the +image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is +blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to start the +download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, you can +update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in +<em>Subsurface</em>. That applies the coordinates and names entered on the app to +all the new dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS +localities. If you have entered the name of the dive location in +<em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the GPS coordinates, this name will take +precedence over downloaded one.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive +information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic +assignment of GPS data to dives depends on agreeing date-time information +between the two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide range tolerance, +it may not be able to identify the appropriate dive if there’s a large +difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the Android +device. That results in no updates.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons +for this (e.g. time zones). <em>Subsurface</em> may also be unable to decide which +is the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running +<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included +in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more +subsequent dives as well). A workaround to manually edit the date-time of a +dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading the GPS data and +then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading GPS data.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Background service</em>, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list
- with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point
- but reflecting the boat’s route. Currently these locations are difficult to
- delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean
- up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web
- server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be
- necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see
- dives in the web service map display (see above).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Background service</em> may fill the location list with unnecessary locations + that don’t correspond to the exact dive point but do correspond to the + boat’s route. + Right now, these locations are difficult to delete from the server. In some + situations it + is better to clean up the list on the Android device before sending the dive + points to the web server by simply deleting the inappropriate + locations. This might be necessary, for instance, if you want to keep the + location list clear to see dives in the web service map display (see above). +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to
the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name
@@ -2334,17 +2271,17 @@ It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to </ul></div>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs
-during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific
-dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are
-superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_getting_synchronisation_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then
-right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load
-Images</em>:</p></div>
+<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs +during a dive. To match each photograph with a specific dive, <em>Subsurface</em> +lets you load photos into a dive. Photos are superimposed on the dive +profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_synchronizing_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and synchronizing between dive computer and camera</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then +right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load +Images</em>:</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
@@ -2354,63 +2291,63 @@ Images</em>:</p></div> to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The critical
-problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the dive
-computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same
-dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can
-achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to
-position photographs on the dive profile.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> achieves this synchronisation in three ways:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronisation of the dive computer time settings with
- the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Manually</strong>: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the
- difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device
- settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of
- both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time
- difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool
- immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, evident in figure <strong>A</strong> below.
- If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
- tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button.
- In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
- 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
- in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronisation is achieved.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a
- photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can obtain
- the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within
- each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If one uses
- the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
- the horizontal bar entitled "<em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up
- a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
- photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
- appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
- when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
- so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
- date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
- camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved.
- Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
- date-time.
-</p>
+<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronization dialog, shown below. But be aware +that the time synchronization is not perfect between the dive computer used +during a dive, and the camera used during that same dive. These two devices +often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can synchronize, then the +exact times of photographs can be used to position photographs on the dive +profile.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> synchronizes in three ways:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronization of the dive computer time settings with + the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Manually</strong>: If you wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the + difference in time between the two devices can be determined. As long as the device + settings for time has not been changed in either device, you could write down the times of + both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. You can then manually set the time + difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool + immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, shown in figure <strong>A</strong> below. + If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting + tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button. + In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted + 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix + in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronization is done. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronization dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of synchronizing. If you take a + photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can get + the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata the camera stores within + each photo. To do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If you use + the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on + the horizontal bar called "<em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up + a file browser letting you select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the + photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer + appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly + when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo + so it reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the + date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between + camera and dive computer is, and it can synchronize. + Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the + date-time. +</p> </li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the
@@ -2425,15 +2362,15 @@ dive, it is not placed on the dive profile.</p></div> the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions
- reflecting the time each photograph was taken. In order to view the photos
- on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar to
- the left of the dive profile:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
+<li> +<p> +as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions + reflecting the time each photograph was taken. To view the photos on the + dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar to the left + of the dive profile: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
@@ -2442,148 +2379,136 @@ as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions <div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail
-photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the
-<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have
-been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small
-dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one
-selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care
-is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using
-the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
+<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you hover the mouse over any of the photo icons, a thumbnail photo is +shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the +<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the added photographs. (see +the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small dustbin icon in the +bottom right hand corner (see image above). Selecting the dustbin removes +the image from the dive. Be careful when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can +also be deleted using the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" /> </div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em>
-tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive
-(therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be
-accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually
-accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an
-indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a
-thumbnail in the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a
-thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em>
-window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it
-(single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This
-removes the photo both from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If
-such a drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case)
-the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This facilitates the
-interaction between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When
-associating a dive profile with photos from an external drive, the normal
-procedure of selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used.
-However, after the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot
-access these photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using
-the toolbox to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a
-small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition
-the <em>Photos</em> tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal
-behaviour. If, later, the external drive with the photos is connected
-again, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory
- where the photo lies is stored, allowing <em>Subsurface</em> to find the photograph when the dive is
- opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
- machine, it is unlikely that the directory structure will remain identical to that of the original uploaded
- photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
- cannot find them and therefore cannot display them. Because, after moving photos, large numbers of photos
- may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the
- process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
- other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
- into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can perform the
- following steps:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively)
- where photos have been moved
- to,
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally
- calculated when a photo was
- loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), to
- automatically update the directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find
- the photo in the new moved directory.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is achieved by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
- which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
- the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
- complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div>
+tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive +(therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be +accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually +accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile show +when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a thumbnail in +the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a thumbnail, the +full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em> window. A photo can +be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it (single-click) and then +by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This removes the photo BOTH from +the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store photos on an external drive. If such a +drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case) the +photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This eases the interaction +between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When associating +a dive profile with photos from an external drive, the normal procedure of +selection and synchronization (see text above) is used. After the external +drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these photos any +more. If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox to the left +of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a small white dot where each +photo should be on the dive profile. In addition the <em>Photos</em> tab only +shows the file names of the photos. If the external drive with the photos +is re-connected, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory + where the photo lies is stored, letting <em>Subsurface</em> find the photograph when the dive is + opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different + machine, the directory structure will be different to that of the original uploaded + photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved, + cannot find them and cannot display them. Because after moving photos, large numbers of photos + may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the + process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the + other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded + into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively) +where photos have been moved to, +- calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally + calculated when a photo was + loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), + automatically update the directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find + the photo in the new moved directory. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is done by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within + which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click + the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to + complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div> <div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
<div class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that can
-be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. When manipulating images, ensure that all the
-images associated with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the
-fingerprints associated with a single dive if:
-- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive
- Profile</strong>.
-- One edits anything in the <strong>Notes tab</strong> panel and save the edits by selecting
- <em>Apply changes</em>.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-</div>
+<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that it +can access. When manipulating images, be sure all the images associated +with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the +fingerprints associated with a single dive if: +- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive + Profile</strong>. +- If you edit anything in the <strong>Notes tab</strong> panel and save the edits by + selecting <em>Apply changes</em>.</p></div> +</div></div> +</div> +</div> <div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one
-cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have
-enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver
-needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression
-needs of the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by
-technical divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned,
-there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
- the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
- specifying the characteristics of the cylinder and the gas composition within each cylinder.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Record the times at which switches from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
- provided by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
- by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
- record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate.
-</p>
+<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one +cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver doesn’t have +enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if a diver needs +more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of +the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by technical +divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned, there are +only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of + the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one, + specifying each’s characteristics and the gas composition within it. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Record the times at which the switch from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information + tracked by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer + by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to + record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate. +</p> </li>
<li>
<p>
@@ -2594,40 +2519,39 @@ there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div> those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
<strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
tank bar.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Having performed these tasks, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of
-cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off
-with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes to perform
-decompression.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When this is complete, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of +cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off +with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes for +decompression.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with
-both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it is a popular
-configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be performed by
-recreational divers who have completed the appropriate training. Sidemount
-dive logging involves, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives, above, three
-steps:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
- cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes among these different
- cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different
- <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded
- from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean
- that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
- has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
- from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.
-</p>
-</li>
+<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with +both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it’s a popular +configuration for cave divers, Sidemount diving can be done by recreational +divers who’ve completed the appropriate training. sidemount dive logging +involves three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two + cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes between these different + cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish between different + <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means when sidemount dives are downloaded + from these dive computers, the switching event between cylinders with the same gas is not downloaded. This may mean + that a diver may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer + has the capability) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning + from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives. +</p> +</li> <li>
<p>
<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
@@ -2635,19 +2559,19 @@ steps:</p></div> image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
</p>
</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
- from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile.
- Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then
- selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
- currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
- to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive
- profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
- profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
- the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
- for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
-</p>
+<li> +<p> +<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported + from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be shown on the dive profile. + Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile, then + selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the + currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2 + to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then shown on the dive + profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the + profile, then the cylinder change is also shown on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all + the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures + for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below. +</p> </li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
@@ -2662,26 +2586,26 @@ logging tool.</p></div> <h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) comprise a technical advance in
-diving equipment that recirculates the breathing gas that a diver breathes,
-while removing carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount
-(typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water,
-a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder
-(typically containing nitrox). A diver, using a single cylinder of
-breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than using a
-recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small
-amount of breathing gas is released every time the breather inhales. With
-active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of breathing gas is
-released continuously from the back cylinder.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required, just the normal steps
-outlined above:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
+<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) are a technical advance in diving +equipment that recirculates the breathing gas a diver uses, while removing +carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount (typically a +tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water, a small +amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder (typically +containing nitrox). A diver using a single cylinder of breathing gas can +therefore dive for much longer periods than using a recreational +open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small amount of +breathing gas is released every time the diver inhales. With active SCR +(aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of breathing gas is released +continuously from the back cylinder.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required. Use the normal steps +outlined above:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> <p>
Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
</p>
@@ -2692,14 +2616,14 @@ pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder. Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the
cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on
<a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for pSCR dives is
-adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece which often requires
-longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using
-EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive
-lasted over two hours.</p></div>
+</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for that is +adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece, which often requires +longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using +EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive +lasted over two hours.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
@@ -2711,43 +2635,43 @@ lasted over two hours.</p></div> <div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that
-has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen
-concentration:
-a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled
-regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The
-CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active
-development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD
+<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that +has been breathed. They also do two things to maintain a breathable oxygen +concentration: +a) remove carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas +regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The +CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active +development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional
recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the
-download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored
-independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log
-directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the
-same way that it imports dive log data from other digital databases: one
-dive at a time.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
+download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored +independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log +directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the +same way it imports dive log data from other digital databases: one dive at +a time.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> <h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive
information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>,
select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the
-<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that
-section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown
-list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices that currently
-includes(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files (import for other CCR
-equipment is under active development). Having selected the appropriate CCR
-format and the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from
-the CCR dive computer, one can select a particular dive log file (in the
-case of the MkVI it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the
-appropriate dive log, activate the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of
-the universal import dialogue. The selected dive is imported to the
-<em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
+<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that +section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown +list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices that currently +include(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files. Import for other CCR +equipment is under active development. Having selected the appropriate CCR +format and the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from +the CCR dive computer, select a particular dive log file (in the case of the +MkVI it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate +dive log, click the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of the universal +import dialogue. The selected dive is imported to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive +list.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5> <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas
@@ -2764,42 +2688,42 @@ For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given. </p>
</li>
<li>
-<p>
-For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
- differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different
- sensors are treated as spurious. If one of the three sensors provides
- spurious data, it is ignored.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<p> +For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However + differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different + sensors are treated as false. If one of the three sensors provides false + data, it is ignored. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to
the setpoint.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
-oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is
-turned on by checking the appropriate checkboxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel
-(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences →
-Graph</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below,
-representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the
-appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been activated.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these check boxes allows the display of additional
-oxygen-related information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the
-<em>Profile</em> panel is activated. The first checkbox allows the display of
-setpoint information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen
-partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen
-partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" />
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual +oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is +turned on by checking the appropriate boxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel +(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences → +Graph</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below, +representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the +appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been checked.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these boxes allows the display of additional oxygen-related +information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the <em>Profile</em> panel is +activated. The first checkbox allows the display of setpoint +information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen partial +pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen partial +pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" /> </div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
@@ -2840,14 +2764,14 @@ the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record
the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these
two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
-addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are
-shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive,
-including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the
-cylinder pressure data. In this case there is good agreement from the
-readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
+addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are +shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive, +including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the +cylinder pressure data. In this case there is agreement from the readings of +the two oxygen sensors.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" /> </div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
@@ -2862,15 +2786,15 @@ ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the dive profile:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock">
<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The default colour of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. However,
-this can be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting
-<em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>. Below is a dive profile indicating the dive
-computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The default color of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. This can +be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting <em>File → +Preferences → Graph</em>. Below is a dive profile indicating the dive +computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" />
</div>
</div>
@@ -2922,14 +2846,14 @@ extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div> </div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
-more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
-Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected,
-figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of
-dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the
-minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and
-surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and
-deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that +more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard +Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected, +figures for only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of dives +selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the +minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and +surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and +deepest dives of those selected.</p></div> </div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
@@ -2937,90 +2861,90 @@ deepest dives of those selected.</p></div> <div class="content">
<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most
-detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on
-the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The
-functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
-Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the
-obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates
-compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water
-column. This information is given using different colours:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
+</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most +detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on +the left hand side that lets you control several display options. The +functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive +Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to +depth, it also shows the ascent and descent rates compared to the +recommended speed of going up or down in the water column. This information +is given using different colors:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Couleur</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de descente (m/min)</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de remontée (m/min)</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rouge</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
-</tr>
+<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Color</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Ascent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Red</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td> +</tr> <tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Jaune</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert clair</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert foncé</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-</tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Yellow</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Light green</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Dark green</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +</tr> </tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the
-graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other
-peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up
-to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
+</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the +graph. So users should see the depth of the deepest point and other +peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up +to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive
-Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of
-the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill
-the area of the panel efficiently.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values
+</td> +<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive +Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of +the dive profile increases the size of the dive profile to fill the area of +the panel.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>,
-N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and
-dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or
-repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green,
-those of nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial
-pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong>
-during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature
-graphs.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
+N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and +dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or +repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, +nitrogen in black, and helium in dark red. These partial pressure graphs are +shown below the profile data.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong> +during the dive. This is shown below the dive depth and water temperature +graphs.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> <div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
@@ -3033,23 +2957,23 @@ during the dive.</td> <div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong>
-during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix,
-Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during
-the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when
-manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight
-line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the
-user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when
-using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not
-relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air
-consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times
-of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when
-the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
+<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong> +during the dive. This is only important to divers using Trimix, Helitrox or +similar breathing gasses.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during +the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when +manually entering the start and end pressures the graph, is not a straight +line. Like the depth graph, the slope of the tank pressure gives you +information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when +using an air integrated dive computer. Here the color coding is not +relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalized air +consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times +of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when +the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div> <div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
@@ -3061,68 +2985,64 @@ rate sensor.</td> </tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
-the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default
-<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
-and 30m
- (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable;
-something
-that free divers clearly won’t care about.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
+the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default +<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes +and 30m + (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are easily recognizable; +something free divers won’t care about. +<span class="image"> +<img src=":images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" /> +</span></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
-<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is
-done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the
-user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white
-area underneath the two red dots.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
+</td> +<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the +<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is +done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that you +wish to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white area +underneath the two red dots.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by
-selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
-indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not
-active, the photos are hidden.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
-precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
-particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent
-ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a
-diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to
-either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to
-the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it
-available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to
-make this very useful data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also
-calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive
-profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data
-available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the
-calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from
-<em>Subsurface</em> are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em>
-(see below) are used. It is also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates
-a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in
-non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span>
-section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by
-the fact that <em>Subsurface’s</em> calculations describe the deco obligation at
-each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming
-ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly
-helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically
-encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit
-deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop
-bottom times.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
+</td> +<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by +selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile +shows the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not +active, the photos are hidden.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more +precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each +particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent +ceilings occur when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a +diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to +either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to +the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it +available for download; for example none of the Suunto dive computers make +these data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also calculates +ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive profile. +Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data available +(and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the calculation) +it’s unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from <em>Subsurface</em> are +the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em> (see below) are +used. It’s also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates a ceiling for +non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in non-deco mode +during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span> section in the +profile at the beginning of this section). This is because <em>Subsurface’s</em> +calculations describe the deco obligation at each moment during a dive, +while dive computers usually take the upcoming ascent into account. During +the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly helium) are already breathed +off so even though the diver technically encountered a ceiling at depth, the +dive still does not require a specific deco stop. This feature lets dive +computers offer longer non-stop bottom times.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
@@ -3168,18 +3088,17 @@ then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure be <div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be
-represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In
-general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and
-helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a
-trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
-(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light
-blue bar.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be +represented as a colored bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In general +oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen a yellow bar and helium a red +bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a trimix cylinder (red +and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder (yellow and green) +after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light blue bar.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content">
<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
</div>
@@ -3192,20 +3111,19 @@ blue bar.</td> <td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure
(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann
ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster
-tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the
-ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure
-limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For
-divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of
-offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas
-pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a
-representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast,
-the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong>
-on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at
-the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive
-profile.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the +ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure +limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For +divers doing planned decompression diving, efficient rates of offgassing are +obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas pressure (grey +line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a representation +of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast, the +<a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong> on +the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at the +moment in time, at the position of the cursor on the dive profile.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content">
<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" />
</div>
@@ -3231,148 +3149,146 @@ dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> </li>
</ul></div>
</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while
-the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the
-creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point
-changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive
-Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the
-time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse
-button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve
-a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being
-based on the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Set-point
-change events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As
-in the planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing
-from an open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a
-closed circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing
-marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to
-allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored
-to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the
-dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the
-<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
-panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see
-left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved
+<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while +the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu lets you create +Bookmarks, Gas Change Event markers, or manual CCR set-point changes other +than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive Computer. Markers +are placed against the depth profile line, with the time of the event set by +where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse button was first clicked to +bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve a selection of which gas is +being switched TO. The list of choices is based on the available gases +defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Setpoint change events open a dialog letting +you choose the next setpoint value. As in the planner, a setpoint value of +zero shows the diver is breathing from an open circuit system while any +non-zero value shows the use of a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). By +right-clicking while over an existing marker a menu appears, adding options +to allow deletion of the marker, or to allow all markers of that type to be +hidden. Hidden events can be restored to view by selecting Unhide all events +from the context menu.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information about the dive +profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the +<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> +panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see +left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so
that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information
Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
-<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The moment the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information
-box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect
-the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see
-right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the
-situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore,
-moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to
-show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the
-Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling
-characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the
-dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
-ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
-maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic
-depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements
-at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated
-ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue
-compartments.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as
-four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information box +expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect the +time point along the dive profile shown by the mouse cursor (see right-hand +part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the situation +at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Moving the cursor +horizontally lets the Information Box show information for any point along +the dive profile. In this mode, the Information Box gives extensive +statistics about depth, gas and ceiling characteristics of the particular +dive. These include: Time period into the dive (indicated by a @), depth, +cylinder pressure (P), temperature, ascent/descent rate, surface air +consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure, maximum operating depth, +equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic depth (END), equivalent air +density depth (EADD), decompression requirements at that instant in time +(Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated ceiling, as well as the +calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue compartments.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of some statistics, shown as four +buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum
Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is
dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21%
-oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the
-<strong>Preferences</strong> section (select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the
-text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>. Below the MOD there is a markedly
-increased risk of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
+oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the +<strong>Preferences</strong> section (select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the +text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>. Below the MOD there is a markedly +increased risk of exposure to the dangers of oxygen toxicity.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display either the
-<strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time
-duration that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth,
-that does not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling
-appears). Once one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that
-is, there is an ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of
-minutes required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as
-well as decompression time. TTS is calculated assuming an ascent surface air
-consumption (SAC) for the gas currently used. Even if the profile contains
-several gas switches, TTS at a specific moment during the dive is calculated
-using the current gas. For TTS longer than 2 hours, it is not accurately
-calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
+<strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time +duration that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, +that does not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling +appears). Once a diver has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required +(that is, there is an ascent ceiling above the diver) then TTS gives the +number of minutes required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent +time as well as decompression time. TTS is calculated assuming an ascent +surface air consumption (SAC) for the gas currently used. Even if the +profile contains several gas switches, TTS at a specific moment during the +dive is calculated using the current gas. TTS longer than 2 hours is not +accurately calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr>
<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air
-Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised
-respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real
-respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly
-double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication
-of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so
-that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for
-SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
+<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air +Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalized +respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real +respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly +double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication +of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive, so +the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for SAC +is liters/min or cubic ft/min.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox
-dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix
-dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases
-other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the
-breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the
-same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
-hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air
-dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical
-air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases
-nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect
-the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth
-equalling the END.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of
-data.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph indicating the
-pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if
-applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the
-dive</em>, indicated by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
-drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of
-the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox +dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix +dives. These are important to divers breathe gases other than air. Their +values are dependent on the composition of the breathing gas. The EAD is +the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the same partial pressure of +nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at hand. A nitrox dive +leads to the same decompression obligation as an air dive to the depth +equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has +the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases nitrogen and oxygen +as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect the same narcotic +effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth equalling the END.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of +data.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph showing the +pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if +applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the +dive</em>. It is shown by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The +drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of +the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content">
<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the
- light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and
- measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green
- area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not
- indicate absolute pressure.
+<li> +<p> +The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the + light green area showing the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and + measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green + area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not + indicate absolute pressure. </p>
</li>
<li>
@@ -3401,33 +3317,33 @@ The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to <strong>Subsurface</strong>.
</p>
</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived
- M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation
- is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the
-Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand
-side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the
- surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the
- equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the
- tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas
- pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<li> +<p> +The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived + M-value. That is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation + is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are shown on the left in the graph above. The way the Gas +Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive can be seen on the right hand side +of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the start of a dive with the diver at the surface. The + pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the equilibrium + pressure because no diving has taken place. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the + tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, so their gas + pressures are far below the equilibrium gas pressure. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of
@@ -3435,17 +3351,17 @@ Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
slowly increasing in pressure.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since,
- during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4
- bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now
- exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor
- value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in
- exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
-</p>
-</li>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since + during ascent the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 + bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now + exceed that of the total gas pressure and approach the gradient factor value + (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in + exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver. +</p> +</li> <li>
<p>
Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
@@ -3458,167 +3374,161 @@ Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters f </ul></div>
</div>
</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_organising_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive or a group of dives can be performed
-using the Dive List Context Menu, found by selecting either a single dive or
-a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many manipulations described below.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_customising_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customising the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
+</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_organizing_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organizing the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive, or a group of dives, can be +performed using the Dive List Context Menu. It is found by selecting either +a single dive or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many functions described below.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_customizing_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customizing the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" /> </div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive,
Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
-information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header
-bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header
-brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see
-above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be deleted from
-the dive list (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately
-updated. Preferences for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and
-used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low
-sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The
-numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when
-non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not
-automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in
-date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one
-may sometimes need to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting
-(from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice with
-respect to the lowest sequence number to be used. Completing this operation
-results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the
-dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the
-Dive List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears
-requiring the user to specify the starting number for the renumbering
-process.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
-can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It performs this by grouping dives that have
-date/times not separated in time by more than two days, thus creating a
-single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an
-ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped
-dive list comprising five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
-having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive
-list, (from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel
-now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip
-title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip
-title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong>
-panel. Here one can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip
-location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the
-dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface conditions
-during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, select <strong>Save</strong> from
-the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The trip title in the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the edited information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more
-trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This
-expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during
-the trip.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows
-several possibilities to expand or collapse dives within trips. This
-includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
+information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header +bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header +brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see +above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or be deleted +(reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately +updated. Preferences for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and +used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div> +</div> +</div>
+<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low +sequence numbers) to recent dives (higher sequence numbers). Numbering of +dives is not always consistent. For instance, when non-recent dives are +added, correct numbering does not automatically follow on because of the +dives that are more recent in date/time than the newly-added dive with an +older date/time. So you may need to renumber the dives. Do this by +selecting (from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice +of the lowest sequence number to be used. This results in new sequence +numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the +dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the +Dive List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears +letting the user specify the starting number for the process.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em> +can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It does this by grouping dives that have +date/times not separated in time by more than two days, so creating a single +heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an +ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped +dive list of five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without +having to scan a long lists of dives. To group the dives in a dive list, +(from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel now +shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip +title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip +title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong> +panel. Here you can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip +location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the +dive company that was used, the general weather and surface conditions +during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, select <strong>Save</strong> from +the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The trip title in the +<strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the edited information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, you can expand one or more +trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This +expands the selected trip, revealing individual dives done during the trip.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows +several options to expand or collapse dives within trips. This includes +expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4> <div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips
by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip
above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, the user can split this trip into two trips
-(trip 1: top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and
-right-clicking the top four dives. The resulting context menu allows the
-user to create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip
-above</strong>. The top four dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The
-figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the
-completed action on the right (B):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
+</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, you can split this trip into two trips (trip +1: top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and right-clicking the +top four dives. The resulting context menu lets the user create a new trip +by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip above</strong>. The top four dives are then +grouped into a separate trip. The figures below show the selection and +context menu on the left (A) and the completed action on the right (B):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" /> </div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
-right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting <strong>Delete
-dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
-workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short
-duration.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do
-this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context
-menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now
-appear immediately above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending
-on the date and time of the unlinked dive.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
+<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and +right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, then selecting <strong>Delete +dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete +workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short +duration.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. To do this, select +and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context menu. Then select +the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now appear immediately +above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending on the date and +time of the unlinked dive.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4> <div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply
-to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the
-dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, select and
-right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the context
-menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> option should be selected. User must then
-specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be
-adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment
-should be ealier or later.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the
-surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by
-the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
-panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the
-appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then
-selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive
-information in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply
+</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it’s necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply +to situations where dives are done in different time zones or when the dive +computer has a wrong time. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to +be adjusted. This brings up the context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> +option should be selected. You must then specify the time (in hours and +minutes) by which the dives should be adjusted and click on the option of +whether the time adjustment should be earlier or later.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, for example, if a diver returns to +the surface for a few minutes. That results in two or more dives being +recorded by the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive +List</strong> panel. You can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the +appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then +selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive +information in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives
that were merged:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
@@ -3635,53 +3545,53 @@ redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumbe the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or
<em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, that is, one can select
-only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site,
-dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows
-one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave
-dives with a particular buddy.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This
-opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons
-are located at the top right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The
-<em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting
-the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimised by
-selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimised, only these three icons are
-shown. The panel can be maximised by clicking the icon that minimised the
-panel. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong>
-with the white cross.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, so you can select only +some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, dive +master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering lets you list +the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave dives with a +particular buddy.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This +opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons +are located at the top right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The +<em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting +the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimized by +selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimized, only these three icons are +shown. The panel can be maximized by clicking the same icon that minimized +it. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong> +with the white cross.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person
-(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented
-by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level
-filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that
-check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter textbox above the tags
-check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and
-"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search
-terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one
-of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the
-dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four
-check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators, Subsurface filters
-therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy; but the filters
-within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows
-those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two routes for the export of dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
+</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person +(buddy / divemaster), dive site and dive suit. Each of these is represented +by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level +filter tool, allowing the listing of only some attributes within that check +list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter text box above the tags +check list, results in the list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and +"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering the check list helps to rapidly find search terms for +filtering the dive list.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one +of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the +dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four +check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators. Subsurface filters +therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy. But the filters +within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows +those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div> +</div> +</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways to export dive information from Subsurface:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>
</p>
</li>
@@ -3691,64 +3601,60 @@ Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> destinations ou formats</a>
</p>
</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>L’export des plongées vers <em>Facebook</em> est géré différemment des autres types
-d’export car une connexion vers <em>Facebook</em> est nécessaire, nécessitant un
-identifiant et un mot de passe. À partir du menu principal, si vous
-sélectionnez <em>Fichier → Préférences → Facebook</em>, un écran de connexion est
-présenté (image <strong>A</strong> sur la gauche, ci dessous). Entrez l’identifiant et le
-mot de passe <em>Facebook</em>. Une fois connecté à <em>Facebook</em>, le panneau de
-l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous est présenté, avec un bouton <em>Déconnecter de
-Facebook</em> pour fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it is easy to determine whether <em>Subsurface</em>
-has a valid connection to <em>Facebook</em> From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on
-→ Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed
-out. But if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active
-(i.e. in black colour and can be selected).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois qu’une connexion à <em>Facebook</em> est établie, transférer un profil de
-plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> est facile. Assurez-vous que la plongée à transférer
-est affichée dans le panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si, à
-partir du <strong>menu principal</strong>, vous sélectionnez <em>Partager sur → Facebook</em>,
-une fenêtre s’affiche, pour déterminer quelles informations seront
-transférées avec le profil de plongée (voir l’image <strong>B</strong> ci-dessous). Pour
-transférer un profil de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>, le nom d’un album
-<em>Facebook</em> doit être fourni. Les cases à cocher sur la partie gauche
-permettent de sélectionner des informations supplémentaires à transférer
-avec le profil de plongée. Ces informations sont affichées dans le champs de
-texte sur la partie droite du panneau. (image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous). Vous pouvez
-facilement modifier le message qui sera envoyé avec le profil de
-plongée. Une fois les informations supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées,
-sélectionner le bouton <em>OK</em> qui lance le transfert vers <em>Facebook</em>. Après un
-moment, une fenêtre apparait indiquant le succès du transfert.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>À la fois l’album créé et la publication sur votre ligne temporelle seront
-marquées comme privés. Pour que vos amis puissent voir la publication,
-modifier les permissions à partir d’une connexion Facebook standard depuis
-un navigateur ou l’application Facebook. Malgré que cela soit une étape
-supplémentaire, c’est la meilleure solution pour éviter d’avoir des
-publications non désirées sur votre ligne temporelle publique.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
+</ul></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Export of dives to <em>Facebook</em> is handled differently from other types of +export because a connection to <em>Facebook</em> is required, needing a <em>Facebook</em> +userID and password. If, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, you select <em>File → +Preferences → Facebook</em>, a login screen comes up. (image <strong>A</strong> to the left, +below). Provide a <em>Facebook</em> userID and password. Once logged into to +<em>Facebook</em> , the panel in image <strong>B</strong>, below is shown, including a <em>Disconnect +from Facebook</em> button to close the <em>Facebook</em> connection.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it’s easy to determine whether <em>Subsurface</em> has +a valid connection to <em>Facebook</em> From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on → +Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed +out. But if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active +(i.e. in black color and can be selected).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Having established a login to <em>Facebook</em>, transferring a dive profileto a +<em>Facebook</em> timeline is easy. Be sure the dive to be transferred to the +timeline is shown in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If, from the +<strong>Main Menu</strong>, you select <em>Share on → Facebook</em> (see image <strong>A</strong> below), a +dialogue box is shown, determining the amount of additional information +transferred along with the dive profile (image <strong>B</strong>, below). To transfer a +dive profile to <em>Facebook</em>, the name of a <em>Facebook</em> album is needed. The +checkboxes on the left hand side let you decide how much additional +information should be transferred with the dive profile. This information is +shown in the text box on the right hand side of the panel (image <strong>B</strong>, +below). You can easily edit the message that will be posted with the dive +profile. After specifying the additional information and verifying the +text, select the <em>OK</em> button that triggers the transfer to <em>Facebook</em>. After +the transfer is done, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating it was +successful.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Both the album created and the post to your timeline will be marked as +private. In order for friends to be able to see it, change its permissions +from a regular Facebook login either in a browser or a Facebook app.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" /> </div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si besoin, fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em> en fermant <em>Subsurface</em> ou en
sélectionnant _Fichier → Préférences → Facebook, à partir du menu
principal et en cliquant sur le bouton approprié dans le panneau des
-préférences Facebook.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be reached by selecting
-<em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always
-gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive
-List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images
+préférences Facebook.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be found by selecting +<em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always +gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive +List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
@@ -3769,22 +3675,22 @@ Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> fo dive computers and computer programs.
</p>
</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to
- <em>Divelogs.de</em>, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for
- <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this
- service in order to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on the
- recreational dives. In order to upload dives one has to provide a used ID,
- so registration with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<li> +<p> +<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to + <em>Divelogs.de</em>, you need a user-ID as well as a password for + <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this + service to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on + recreational dives. To upload dives, you need a user ID, so registration + with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
@@ -3806,23 +3712,23 @@ Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> fo must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. It contains
most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show
the calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder
- pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search option to
- search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the
- Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export
- all one’s dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a very
- portable record of dives useful for dive companies that wish to verify the
- dive history of a diver, often doing away with the need to carry one’s
- original logbook with one when doing dives with dive companies.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
- some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If one
- selects any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available
- in text, as shown in the image below.
-</p>
-</li>
+ pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search option to + search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the + Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export + all one’s dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a + portable record of dives. That is useful for dive companies that wish to + verify the dive history of a diver, often doing away with the need to carry + an original logbook when doing dives with dive companies. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and + some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If you + select any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available + in text, as shown in the image below. +</p> +</li> </ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
@@ -3831,14 +3737,14 @@ Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> fo </div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
-<p>
-<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of
- all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive
- List</em>, together with the depth under water where of each of those photos
- were taken.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<p> +<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of + all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive + List</em>, together with the depth underwater where of each of those photos was + taken. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
</p>
@@ -3868,34 +3774,33 @@ Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exp <p>
Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
size and theme.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for
-instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
+</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be done through third party facilities, for +instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> </div>
<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a
-record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it is important
-information required for admission to further training courses or
-(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore
-critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home
-computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious
-solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one’s dive log
-from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this
-reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
-dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
-back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a
-dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the
-local hard disk. The only requirement is that one should first register as
-a user on the cloud. To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these
-steps:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
+<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a +record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it’s important +information required for admission to training courses or sometimes even +diving sites. The security of the dive log is critical. To have a dive log +that is resistant to failure of a home computer hard drive, loss or theft of +equipment, the Cloud is an obvious solution. This also has the added benefit +that you can access your dive log from anywhere in the world. For this +reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store +dive log information on the Internet.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage +back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a +dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the +local hard disk. The only requirement is that you should first register as +a user on the cloud. To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these +steps:</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> <h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
@@ -3941,109 +3846,108 @@ will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is </div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Once the cloud storage has been initialised, two new items appear in the
- <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>.
-These options allow the user to load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
-cloud storage</em> server.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, one can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
-storage</em> data as one’s default data file by checking the check box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>.
- This means that the data from
-the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts ans saved there when one closes <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
-functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronises the
-data with the cloud server the next time ithe program is used while the computer is
-connected to the Internet.
-</p>
-</li>
+<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Once the cloud storage has been initialized, two new items appear in the + <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>. +These options let you load and save data to the <em>Subsurface +cloud storage</em> server. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, you can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud +storage</em> data as the default data file by checking the box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>. + This means the data from +the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts and saved there when <em>Subsurface</em> closes. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully +functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronizes the +data with the cloud server the next time the program is used while the computer is +connected to the Internet. +</p> +</li> </ul></div>
</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that
-one can also access one’s dive data from any web browser. Simply open
-<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>,
-log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
-the last dive data that was synced to the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The
-dive information that is shown is only the contents of the recorded dive
-logs, NOT the calculated values shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, including some
-cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
-don’t need the web access), it is also simple to store dive logs in the
-cloud using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. For
-instance <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application that
-allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on one’s
-desktop computer.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content
-on one’s desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet,
-the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and
-<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the
-local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet
-connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote
-copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated
-whenever Internet access is available.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in one’s <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly
-from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet
-access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox
-(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
-<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a>
-Alternatively one can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a mechanism to backup one’s dive
-log. To Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the
-<em>Subsurface</em> main menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the
-<em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open
-Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file
-in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the
-same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible interface to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
- Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Before printing, two decisions are required:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the
- dive log is required, then select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong>
- panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If the dive profiles needs printing, what gas partial pressure information
- should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to
- the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the the dialogue below
-(image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three specifications are needed to achieve the desired
-information and page layout:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
+<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that +you can also access your dive data from any web browser. Simply open +<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>, +log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of +the last dive data that was synced to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The dive +information shown is only the contents of the recorded dive logs, NOT the +calculated values shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, including some cylinder +pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and +don’t need the web access), it’s simple to store dive logs in the cloud +using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. For instance +<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application that allows +files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on a desktop +computer.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content +on your desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, +the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and +<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the +local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet +connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote +copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated +whenever Internet access is available.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in your <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly +from the Internet and can be accessed anywhere with Internet +access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox +(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the +<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a> +Alternatively you can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a way back up your dive log. To Store +a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main +menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Save</em> button. To +access the dive log in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open Logbook</em> from the +<em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file in the <em>Dropbox</em> +folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the +same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div> +</div> +</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible way to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives. + Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Some decisions need to be made before printing:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part is + required, select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If the dive profiles are printed, what gas partial pressure information + should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to + the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the dialogue below (image +<strong>A</strong>) appears. Three specifications are needed to get the desired information +and page layout:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> </div>
</div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
@@ -4069,28 +3973,28 @@ Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options: <p>
Under <em>Print options</em> select:
</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Printing only the dives selected from the dive list prior to activating the
- print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this
- check box is <strong>not</strong> checked all dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with <em>Print in colour</em>. If
- this check box is not checked, printing is in monochrome (grey scale).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are
-several templates (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Printing only the dives selected from the dive list before activating the + print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this + check box is <strong>not</strong> checked ALL dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Printing in color, done by checking the box with _Print in color. If this + check box is not checked, printing is in black and white. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are +several choices. (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> <em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
</p>
</li>
@@ -4136,20 +4040,20 @@ several templates (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div> <li>
<p>
<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on
-the dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview,
-changes to the options in the print dialogue can be made, resulting in a
-layout that fits personal taste.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this
-section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the user
-operating system, allowing one to choose a printer and to set its properties
-(see image below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" />
+</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on the +dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview, you +can change the options in the print dialogue, so the layout fits personal +taste.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this +section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the operating +system, letting you choose a printer and set its properties (see image +below):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" /> </div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
@@ -4161,44 +4065,44 @@ page.</p></div> <img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
</div>
</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_créer_un_modèle_d_8217_impression_personnalisé_avancé">10.1. Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé (avancé)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized
-printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. One can create
-a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an
-existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em>
-dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for
+<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_créer_un_modèle_d_8217_impression_personnalisé_avancé">10.1. Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé (avancé)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized +printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. You can create +a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an +existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em> +dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> permet de configurer son ordinateur de plongée. Actuellement,
-les familles d’ordinateurs supportés sont Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3)
-et Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko et
-Zoop). De nombreux paramètres de ces ordinateurs de plongée peuvent être
-lues et modifiées. La première étape est de s’assurer que les pilotes pour
-votre ordinateur de plongée sont installés (également nécessaire pour
-télécharger les plongées) et que le nom de périphérique de l’ordinateur de
-plongée est connu. Voir
-<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">ANNEXE A</a> pour plus d’informations sur la manière de procéder.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>,
-sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du
-menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du
+<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> lets you configure a dive computer. Currently the +Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, +Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers are +supported. A large number of settings of these dive computers can be read +and changed to different values. To begin, be sure the appropriate hardware +driver is installed for the dive computer (also required for downloading +dives) and the device name of the dive computer is known. See +<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive _information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> for information on how to do +this.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>, +sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du +menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du panneau de configuration et sélectionner le bon modèle d’ordinateur de
plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions
-suivantes peuvent être réalisées :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
+<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following +actions can be done:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> <strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée
dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
</p>
@@ -4231,38 +4135,38 @@ suivantes peuvent être réalisées :</p></div> </div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by
-selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings are performed in seven groups:
-<strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> and
-<strong>Georeference</strong>, all of which operate on the same principles: the user must
-specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved
-using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then
-leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>. If <strong>Discard</strong> is selected,
-changes to the preferences are not saved.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div>
+<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by +selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings are in seven groups: +<strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> and +<strong>Georeference</strong>. All operate on the same principles: the user must specify +settings that are to be changed, then save them using the <strong>Apply</strong> +button. After applying all the new settings users can then leave the +settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>. If <strong>Discard</strong> is selected, changes to the +preferences are not saved.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
</div>
</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the
- <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel. By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, users can see more dives on a screen.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> one needs to specify the directory and
- file name of one’s
- electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When
- launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
-</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here you can specify the font type and font size of the + <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel: By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, you can see more dives on a screen. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> you need to specify the directory and + file name of your + electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When + launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options: +</p> <div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
@@ -4275,13 +4179,13 @@ changes to the preferences are not saved.</p></div> as described above.
</p>
</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
- device that was initialised using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
+<li> +<p> +<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud + device that was initialized using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> </li>
<li>
<p>
@@ -4320,63 +4224,65 @@ changes to the preferences are not saved.</p></div> <h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Here users can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
-volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio
-button at the top, one can specify that all units are in the chosen
-measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the <strong>Personalise</strong> radio
-button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric
-system and others in imperial.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Irrespective of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in
-seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be
-represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or
-as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.</p></div>
+<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Here you can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, +volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio +button at the top, you can specify that all units are in the chosen +measurement system. Alternatively, if you select the <strong>Personalize</strong> radio +button, units can be selected independently, with some in the metric system +and others in imperial.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Regardless of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in +seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be +represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or +as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.</p></div> </div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of
-the dive profile:
-<strong> Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
- the dive, enabled by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
- panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
- Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is
- highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
-</strong> <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD)
- for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.
-<strong> _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox allows exactly what it says. By default
- the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
- Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
- from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and
- gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way that a
- dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.
-</strong> <em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
-<strong>* <em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that indicates
- the mean depth of the dive up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before the
- ascent.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
+</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here you can specify the amount of information shown as part of +the dive profile: +<strong> Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during + the dive, done by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> + panel. For each of these graphs you can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the + Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is + highlighted in red, indicating the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded. +</strong> <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD) + for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used. +<strong> _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox does exactly what it says. By default + the computer reported ceiling is shown in white. + Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ + from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and + gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way a + dive computer calculates ceilings during a dive. +</strong> <em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the +<strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. If this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there +was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list. +<strong>* <em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that shows + the mean depth of the dive, up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before + ascent.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> <p>
<strong>Misc</strong>:
</p>
<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
<li>
<p>
-Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is
- the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.
- At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
- Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a
- similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
- the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
- respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient
- factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
+Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is + the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface. + At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used. + Gradient factors add conservatism to nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a + similar way that many dive computers have a conservative setting. The lower + the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with + respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient + factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the
deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
@@ -4393,14 +4299,14 @@ Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used whi </p>
</li>
</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox ativated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
- graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which inticates the CCR setpoint
- values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox activated, the pO<sub>2</sub> + graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which indicates the CCR setpoint + values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>. +</p> +</li> <li>
<p>
<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
@@ -4422,13 +4328,13 @@ Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used whi during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
profile context menu.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semiclosed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the
- volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
- and decompression calculations.
-</p>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semi-closed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the + volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning + and decompression calculations. +</p> </li>
<li>
<p>
@@ -4446,29 +4352,28 @@ Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used whi <div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox allows one to use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most
-cases will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the
-same language / country settings as the underlying operating system. If this
-is for some reason undesirable one can uncheck this checkbox and pick a
-language / country combination from the list of included localizations. The
-<em>Filter</em> text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there
-are several system variants of English or French. <strong>This particular
-preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources
-on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs
-to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage or the
-<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are
-determined by one’s type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet
-Service Provider (ISP) used. One’s ISP should provide the appropriate
-information.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox lets you use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most cases +will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the same +language / country settings as the underlying operating system. To change +it, uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / country combination from the +list of locations. The <em>Filter</em> text box lists similar languages. For +instance there are several system variants of English or French. <strong>This +particular preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources +on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs +to communicate with web services such as Cloud storage or the +<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are +determined by your type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet +Service Provider (ISP) used. Your ISP should provide the appropriate +information.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
</div>
</div>
@@ -4484,83 +4389,81 @@ password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
from one’s ISP.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store one’s dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
- and password are required. This allows <em>Subsurface</em> to email security information
- regarding cloud storage to a user, and to set up the cloud storage appropriately.
- Two additional options are given:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
- while the user performs other tasks within <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store your dive log in the cloud, a valid email address + and password are required. This lets <em>Subsurface</em> email security information + regarding cloud storage to you, and to set up cloud storage appropriately. + Two additional options are given: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage + while you do other things within <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When one subscribes to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
- long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
- checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, one ensures that a local copy of that userID
- is saved.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Accès Facebook</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ce panneau vous permet de vous connecter à votre compte Facebook pour
-transférer des informations de Subsurface vers Facebook.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si un identifiant Facebook et un mot de passe valides ont été fournis, une
-connexion vers Facebook est créée. Cette connexion est fermée lorsque
-Subsurface est fermé. Pour le moment, la case à cocher nommée "Conserver ma
-connexion à Subsurface", sur l'écran de connexion, n’a aucun
-effet. Reportez-vous à la section <a href="#S_facebook">Export des profils de
-plongée vers Facebook</a> pour plus d’informations.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates
-of a dive site (derived from a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom
-right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or from the
-<em>Subsurface</em> Companion app), a lookup on the Internet is performed to find
-the name of the closest known location. Obviously this function only works
-if <em>Subsurface</em> has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site
-name can be configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em> or <em>City/State/Country</em>
-(see image below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessible by
-selecting <em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of
-nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the
-addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When you subscribe to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very + long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By + checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, you ensure a local copy of that userID is saved. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Facebook Access</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel lets you log into a Facebook account in order to transfer +information from Subsurface to Facebook.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you provide a valid Facebook userID and password, a connection to +Facebook is created. That connection is closed when one closing down +Subsurface. Currently the checkbox labelled "Keep me logged in to +Subsurface", on the login screen has no effect. See the section +<a href="#S_facebook">Exporting dive profiles to Facebook</a> for more information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates +of a dive site) derived from a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom +right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or from the +<em>Subsurface</em> Companion app). A search on the Internet is done to find the +name of the closest known location. This function only works if <em>Subsurface</em> +has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site name can be +configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em> or <em>City/State/Country</em> (see image +below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> +</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessed by selecting +<em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of nitrogen +load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the addition +of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
@@ -4609,17 +4512,16 @@ A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should </ul></div>
</div></div>
<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several
-sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered
-into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is
-divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options
-and Notes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> upon which the profile of
-the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained
-below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of
-use.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan
+<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several +sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered +into the sections on the left hand side of the screen. They are: Available +Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options and Notes.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> on which the profile of the +dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained +below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of +use.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
@@ -4631,13 +4533,13 @@ messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div> </div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Towards the centre bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image
- above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Towards the center bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image + above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> <li>
<p>
Open Circuit (the default)
@@ -4659,16 +4561,16 @@ pSCR <p>
Choose the Open Circuit option.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, ensure that the constant
- dive parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the
- intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive
- site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres,
- assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
-</p>
-</li>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, be sure the constant dive + parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the intended + dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive + site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in meters, + assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar. +</p> +</li> <li>
<p>
In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the
@@ -4687,17 +4589,17 @@ In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the <p>
The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile in
- a way to represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by
- double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by
- right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from
- the resulting context menu.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile to + represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by double-clicking + the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by right-clicking a + particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from the resulting + context menu. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate
values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the
@@ -4712,33 +4614,29 @@ The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate </li>
</ul></div>
</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the
-non-decompression limit (NDL). It computes the maximal time a diver can
-stay at the current depth without incurring any mandatory decompression
-stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The
-planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred in
-previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that can
-take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational
-dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken
-into account. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant depth
-corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This
-means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during
-previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner calculates nitrogen load
-according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, in a
-similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This
-means that the diver gets <em>credit</em> in terms of nitrogen loading for not
-remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning of a
-longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to
-upload all previous dives onto <em>Subsurface</em> before performing dive planning.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This
-allows calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
+</ul></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the non-decompression limit (NDL). +It computes the maximum time a diver can stay at the current depth without needing mandatory decompression +stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The planner automatically takes +into account the nitrogen load incurred in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a +way that can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational dives? Using +recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken into account. But few dives are +done at a constant depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This means +dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> +dive planner calculates nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, +in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This means that the diver gets <em>credit,</em> +in terms of nitrogen load, for not remaining at maximum depth during +previous dives, so a longer subsequent dive can be planned. + For the planner to work it’s crucial to upload all previous dives +onto <em>Subsurface</em> before doing dive planning. +To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This allows +calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em>
and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes.
</p>
@@ -4750,33 +4648,32 @@ Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the <em>Available gases</em>.
</p>
</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough
- air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be realistic,
- under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC)
- rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
- with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Define the amount of gas that the cylinder must have at the end of the
- bottom section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often
- used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need to
- bring one’s buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in
- sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be a bit hard to
- estimate, so most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of
- pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em>
- can do better because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the
- amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“). Subsurface still
- uses a fixed pressure „reserve“ but that is supposed to be for the
- additional gas used around the realisation that there is a problem and one’s
- pulse rate goes up when one starts to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is
- user configurable.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<li> +<p> +The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough + air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be accurate, + under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC) + rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min, + with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min. +</p>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +Define the amount of gas the cylinder must have at the end of the bottom + section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often used. The + reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need to bring a + buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in sharing + depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be difficult to estimate, so + most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of pressure e.g. 40 + or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em> can do better + because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the amount of gas + during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“). Subsurface still uses a fixed + pressure "reserve" but that’s supposed to be for the additional gas used + when there’s a problem and your pulse rate goes up when you start to buddy + breathe. This reserve amount is user configurable. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
@@ -4792,55 +4689,55 @@ Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the <p>
The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those
considered safe for recreational divers.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner indicates the maximum dive time within
-no-deco limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth
-settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid
-assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen
-load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the
-amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under
+</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner shows the maximum dive time within no-deco +limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth settings +specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid +assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen +load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the +amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under <em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive
duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account
gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it
-means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive
-duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30
-metres. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the
-dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder, reflected by the
-information in the text box at the bottom right of the panel that requires
-sufficient air for buddy-sharing during the ascent.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or
-using multiple breathing gases. Such dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
-as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
-to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
-model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low
-need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
-panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
-the planner), the new values are
-used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
-A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive.
- ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified
-on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model
-tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often
-results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When
-selecting one of these models, keep in mind that they are NOT exact
-physiological models but only mathematical models that appear to work in
-practice.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
+means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive +duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 +meters. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the +dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder. That is shown in the +text box at the bottom right of the panel, requiring sufficient air for +buddy-sharing during ascent.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" /> +</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or +using multiple breathing gases. These dives are planned in three stages:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is done by specifying the rates for descent and ascent, +as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em> +to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B +model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low +need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em> +panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within +the planner), the new values are +used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. +Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths. +A very low GFLow value brings on decompression stops early during the dive. + ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified +on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model +tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often +results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When +selecting one of these models, keep in mind they are NOT exact physiological +models but only mathematical models that appear to work in practice.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> <p>
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding
M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
@@ -4855,75 +4752,76 @@ for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 1-905492-07-3. Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des
modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B.
</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive
-and is specified for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean)
-depth as a yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is indicated by a
-light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often
-in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in
-the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option
-<em>Drop to first depth</em> is activated, then the descent phase of the planned
-dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of
-the dive setup.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
-pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
-bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
+</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive +and is specified for several depth ranges, using the average (or mean) depth +as a yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is shown by a light grey +line on the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often in the +range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in the +range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option <em>Drop +to first depth</em> is activated, the descent phase of the planned dive will be +at the maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of the dive +setup.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial +pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the +bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>). The most commonly
used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
-stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
-<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
-ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary consideration. One needs to keep within the limits of the amount of gas within the dive
-cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
-sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
-of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
-litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
-bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
-dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess
-is not sufficient and one needs to
-monitor one’s gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
-The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
-if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to
-the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances.
-For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the
-dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers a unique graphical interface for performing this
-part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to
-hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon
-activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered
-in the bue design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white
-dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more
-waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the
-profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the
-depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent
-part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the settings
-that have been specified. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen,
-oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from
-BLUE to RED.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the
-table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the <em>Used Gas</em>
-value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures
-specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main
-features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and
-deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the
-ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way
-points in order to fulfil decompression requirements for that dive. A
-waypoint can be moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow
-keys. The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be
-edited by hand in order to obtain a precise presentation of the dive
-plan. In fact, one can create the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive
-Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as
-explained in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions
-defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used,
-automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the
-surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas
-change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the
-appropriate waypoint.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner
-points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the
-segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last
+stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the +<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during +ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary +consideration. Divers need to keep within the limits of the amount of +gas within the dive +cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly +sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate +of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in +liters/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the +bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the +dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a guess +is not sufficient and you needs to +monitor gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment. +The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning +if you exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that divers not dive to +the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept +for unforeseen circumstances. +For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> +offers an unique graphical interface for doing planning. Themechanics are +similar to hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of +<em>Subsurface</em>. Upon activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for +40 min is offered in the blue design surface to the top right hand of the +screen. The white dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a +mouse. Create more waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and +ensuring the profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to +represent the depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify +the ascent part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the +settings that have been specified. If any of the management limits (for +nitrogen, oxygen or gas) are exceeded, the surface above the dive profile +changes from BLUE to RED.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the +table on the left of the dive planner panel. Be sure the <em>Used Gas</em> value in +each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures specified in +the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main features of +the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and deep stops +(if these are implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the ascent to +<em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way points in +order to fulfill decompression requirements for that dive. A waypoint can be +moved by selecting it and by using the arrow keys. The waypoints listed in +the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be edited by hand in order to get a +precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, you can create the whole +dive profile by editing the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Show any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as explained +in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These +changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions defined in the +table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used, automatic gas +switches will be suggested during the ascent to the surface. These changes +can be deleted by right-clicking the gas change and manually creating a gas +change by right-clicking on the appropriate waypoint.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner +points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the +segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
@@ -4933,15 +4831,15 @@ considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div> using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the <em>Save</em>
-button towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will
-appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the
-exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified
+<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above steps have been completed, save by clicking the <em>Save</em> button +towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will appear in +the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the +exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive
planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim
dive plan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
@@ -4960,13 +4858,13 @@ from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>
-from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
-ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
-accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
-pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered a save value, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
-details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
-cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
-are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints
+from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump +ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop +accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the +pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered safe, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan +details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out +cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables +are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
@@ -4984,72 +4882,72 @@ the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div> diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from
-the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
-use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
-in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
-means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. The decompression is always calculated
-using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
-CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
-algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but,
-of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table +use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments +in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint +means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. Decompression is always calculated +using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a +CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression +algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but +this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment
-is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 litres are the norm.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive
-List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is not a way to
-change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on
-the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This
-will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes
-to be made and saved as usual.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned
-dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is
-saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered
-two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during
+</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment +is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 liters are the norm.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive +List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is no way to +change a saved dive plan. To change a dive plan, select it on the <strong>Dive +List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This will open +the selected dive plan within the dive planner, letting changes be made and +saved as usual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition, there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned +dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is +saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered +two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
-repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start
-Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures correctly and
-the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive,
-then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been completed
-and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned
-dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the
-completed dive and allows planning within these limitations.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a
-template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one
-now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the
-template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes
-into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive
-Plan Details</em> for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the <em>Dive
-Plan Details</em> for inclusion in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile,
-dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and
-gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being
+<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the +repetitive dive set are specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start +Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures and the affect +of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have just completed a long/deep dive and are planning another dive, +then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been done then +activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned dive, the +planner takes into account the gas loading during the completed dive and +plans accordingly.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a +template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If you +want to plan a dive using this configuration, highlight the template dive in +the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes into account the +configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive +Plan Details</em> for wet notes. You can also cut and paste the <em>Dive Plan +Details</em> to include in a text file or word processing document.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, +dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and +gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive
planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan
Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved,
-it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas
-calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning
-process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em>
-facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and
-paste to a word processor.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
+it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas +calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning +process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em> +function on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and +paste to a word processor.</p></div> +</div> +</div> </div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2>
@@ -5065,26 +4963,24 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> <a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Ouvrir un carnet de plongée</em> - Cela ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le
- carnet de plongée à ouvrir.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Open logbook</em> - Open the file manager to select a dive logbook to open. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in
<a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Sauvegarder</em> - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée qui est actuellement
- ouvert.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Save</em> - Save the dive logbook currently open. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to
<a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
@@ -5094,13 +4990,13 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> <p>
<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Fermer</em> - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Close</em> - Close the dive logbook currently open. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
@@ -5178,33 +5074,32 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> <a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive of which the profile was entered by hande and not
- from a dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Cette fonctionnalité permet de
- planifier des plongées.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive where the profile was entered by hand and not from + a dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Planifier des plongées. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une
plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - En
- sélectionnant cette option, vous pouvez copier les informations de plusieurs
- champs d’un journal de plongée vers le presse-papier.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - Copier les + informations de plusieurs champs d’un journal de plongée vers le + presse-papier. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées
sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au
@@ -5223,13 +5118,13 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> <strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées.
</p>
</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier
- les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour faciliter vos journaux (logs).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier + les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour coordonner vos journaux (logs). +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement
certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
@@ -5274,15 +5169,14 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> <em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
plongées effectuées.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Prev DC</em> - If a single dive was logged from more than one dive computer,
- switch to data from
- ordinateur de plongée précédent.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Prev DC</em> - Switch to data from previous dive computer, if a single dive was + logged from more than one. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant.
</p>
@@ -5344,15 +5238,15 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> <h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">15.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Le système d’exploitation de l’ordinateur nécessite les bons pilotes pour
-communiquer avec l’ordinateur de plongée de la façon utilisée par
-l’ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers +in order to communicate with the dive computer, the way the dive computer +prefers (e.g. Bluetooth, USB, infra-red).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> <li>
<p>
Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La
@@ -5382,18 +5276,17 @@ de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div> <h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Lorsqu’un utilisateur connecte un ordinateur de plongée en utilisant l’USB,
-généralement <em>Subsurface</em> proposera soit une liste déroulante contenant le
-bon nom (ou le point de montage pour un Uemis Zurich) ou la liste sera
-désactivée si aucun nom de périphérique n’est nécessaire. Dans les rares cas
-où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, voici quelques suggestions pour trouver le
-nom de votre périphérique ;</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir
+<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">When connecting a dive computer by using a USB connector, usually +<em>Subsurface</em> will either propose a drop down list with the correct device +name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will disable the device +select drop down if no device name is needed at all. In the rare cases where +this doesn’t work, here are some ways to find out what the device name is:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
connectés.</p></div>
@@ -5445,48 +5338,51 @@ usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est
-détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être
-utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour
-que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>S’assurer que l’utilisateur possède les droits d'écriture sur le port série
-USB :</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sur les systèmes similaires à Unix, les ports USB ne peuvent être accédés
-que par des utilisateurs membres du groupe <code>dialout</code>. Si vous n'êtes pas
-root, vous n'êtes peut-être pas membre de ce groupe et ne pouvez donc pas
-utiliser le port USB. Si votre nom d’utilisateur est <em>johnB</em> :</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs
-d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe
-<code>dialout</code>.
+détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être +utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour +que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensuring the user has write permission to the USB serial port:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users +who are members special group that can be e.g. <code>dialout</code> or <code>uucp</code>. This +can be verified by listing the appropriate device permissions e.g. by <code>ls -l +/dev/ttyUSB0</code>. Note that the number in the file name depends on how many USB +devices you have connected, and must be adjusted appropriately. If one is +not root, one may not be a member of that group and won’t be able to use the +USB port. Let us assume one’s username is <em>johnB</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs +d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe +<code>dialout</code>. Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
vérifiez que
-l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait
-être listé
-parmi les différents IDs.
-Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu’après une déconnexionpuis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).
-Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès
-en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et
-vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div>
-</div>
+l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait +être listé +parmi les différents IDs. +Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu’après une déconnexion +puis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès +en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et +vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div> +</div> <div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
-Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a
-different procedure to get the devices name to communicate with
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Follow these steps:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
+</td> +<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs +Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a +different procedure to get the device’s name to communicate with +<em>Subsurface</em>. Follow these steps:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, be sure it is in Upload mode.</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user
guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select <em>Dive Log →
Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
@@ -5514,25 +5410,24 @@ using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></d <div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_sur_macos">15.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth
-Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of
-devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only
-be needed once for initial setup.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or
-Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sur_linux">15.3.3. Sur Linux</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common
-distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be
-straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right
-of the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties
-with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try
-that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you
-have a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any
-others.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled
-device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and
-will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step
+Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of +devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only +be needed once for initial setup.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is complete, the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or +Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_sur_linux">15.3.3. Sur Linux</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Be sure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common +distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be +straightforward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right of +the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties with +some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try that +first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you have +a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any others.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled +device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and +will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step process.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
@@ -5569,13 +5464,13 @@ the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using
the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive
computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and
-select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a
-password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive
-computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method didn’t work, pair the device from the command
-line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller
-status</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
+select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a +password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive +computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method doesn’t work, pair the device from the command +line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller +status</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> <div class="content">
<pre><code>$ hciconfig
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
@@ -5760,32 +5655,32 @@ upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select </td>
<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
-equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very
-similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those
-that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that
-one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the
-UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On
-Windows this is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
-<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
-distribution. On Fedora it usually is
-<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should
+equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very +similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those +that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that +you don’t enter a device name, but instead the location where the UEMISSDA +file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On Windows this +is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is +<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the +distribution. On Fedora it usually is +<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis
-Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation
-(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that one
-cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on
-the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads
-dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day
-or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em>
-displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is
-straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and
-reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
-download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this
-more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
+</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis +Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation +(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that you +cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on +the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time you download +dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day +or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em> +displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space, the solution is +straightforward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and +reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the +download will continue where it stopped previously. You may have to do this +more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> <h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
@@ -5802,19 +5697,19 @@ the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the <strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the
<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After
the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device
-name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive
-computer and download dive information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
-available from some Internet web sites e.g.
-<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.
-Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the
-ScubaPro web site, drivers being located on the download page for the
-ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available
-for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
+name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognize the Galileo dive +computer and download dive information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are +available from some Internet web sites e.g. +<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>. +Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the +ScubaPro web site, with drivers located on the download page for the +ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available +for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div> </div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
@@ -5873,15 +5768,15 @@ section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-e <img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
-communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>,
-obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows
-application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive
-logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the
-IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time,
-comprising three files:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
+communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, +obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows +application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive +logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilizes the +IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time, +in three files:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> <li>
<p>
Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
@@ -5897,13 +5792,13 @@ Dive log details (file with a .csv extension) <p>
Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log
-information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
+</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to get dive log +information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> <h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
@@ -5957,53 +5852,49 @@ Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the
<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labled
- <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file that has been created
- above. An import dialogue opens indicating the default settings for the data
- in the <em>.apd</em> file. If any changes are required, do this as for
- <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labeled + <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer". +On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file created. An import +dialogue opens showing the default settings for the data in the +<em>.apd</em> file. If changes are required, + do this as for <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
</div>
</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel allows one to select the
- APD dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default
- it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is
- possible to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first
- importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs for the two dive computers are
- viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from the Main Menu after the uploading
- has been completed)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel lets you select the APD + dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default it is + DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is possible + to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first importing + CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs for the two dive computers are viewed by + selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from the Main Menu after the uploading has been + completed) +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive
-computer-generated ceiling generated by the Inspiration can be viewed by
-selecting the appropriate button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder
-pressure data are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually
-entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
+</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive computer- +generated ceiling provided by the Inspiration can be viewed by selecting the +appropriate button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder pressure data +are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually entered in the +<em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> <div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
@@ -6129,15 +6020,15 @@ Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em> The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
</p>
</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a
-divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the
-dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make
-a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
+</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a +divelog from Divemanager you need to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the +dives are stored. You can either look for the original database or make a +backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> <p>
Start Suunto DM4/DM5
</p>
@@ -6151,13 +6042,13 @@ Select <em>Help → About</em> <p>
Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Now open Windows Explorer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+</li> +<li> +<p> +Ouvrir l’explorateur Windows +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
</p>
@@ -6217,32 +6108,32 @@ directly imported to Subsurface.</td> <h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
-Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
-database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular
-computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy
-of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible
-format which can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Within Dive Organiser, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and
- back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file
- DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a
- file <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Mares Dive Organizer is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a +Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The +database includes all Dive Organizer-registered divers on the particular +computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to get a copy of +the dive database is to export the information to another compatible format +which can then be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Within Dive Organizer, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and + back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file + DiveOrganizerxxxxx.dbf. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Rename the file to DiveOrganizerxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a + file <em>DiveOrganizer.sdf</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
</p>
@@ -6260,18 +6151,18 @@ The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>. <table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert
-the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all
-the details, and we would lack e.g. gas switches and information of what
-units are used. With database import, all this information is included and
-readily available for us.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface, do the following:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
+</td> +<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert +the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all +the details, and would lack, for example, gas switches and information of +what units are used. With database import, all this information is included +and readily available.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu
</p>
</li>
@@ -6294,35 +6185,32 @@ Close the Settings dialog <p>
Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
-dives are automatically converted to our own format. Last step to do is save
-the log file in Subsurface.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_annexe_d_exporter_un_tableur_vers_le_format_csv">18. ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>De nombreux plongeurs conservent un carnet de plongée sous forme de fichier
-numérique, souvent un tableur avec différents champs et informations. Ces
-données peuvent facilement être importées dans <em>Subsurface</em> après que le
-tableur a été converti en fichier CSV. Cette section explique la procedure
-pour convertir un carnet de plongée enregistrée sous forme de tableur vers
-un fichier CSV qui pourra ensuite être importé dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Créer un
-fichier CSV est une tache simple malgré que la procédure soit différente
-selon le tableur utilisé.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La première étape est d’organiser les données de plongées dans le tableur
-pour que la première ligne contienne le nom (ou le titre) de chaque colonne
-et que les informations de chaque plongée soient contenues sur une seule
-ligne. <em>Subsurface</em> supporte de nombreux éléments (Dive #, Date, Time,
-Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight et
-Tags). L’utilisateur peut organiser les données de plongées selon quelques
-règles simples :</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
+</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the +dives are automatically converted to Subsurface’s own format. Last step to +do is save the log file in Subsurface.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_annexe_d_exporter_un_tableur_vers_le_format_csv">18. ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>Many divers keep a dive log in some form of digital file, commonly a +spreadsheet with various fields of information. These logs can be easily +imported into <em>Subsurface</em> after the spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV +file. This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook +stored in a spreadsheet to a .CSV file that will later be imported to +<em>Subsurface</em>. Creating a .CSV is straightforward, although the procedure is +somewhat different according to which spreadsheet program is used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so the first row contains the +names (or titles) of each column and the information for each dive is stored +in a single row. <em>Subsurface</em> supports many data items (Dive number, Date, +Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight +and Tags). Organize dive data following a few simple rules:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa
</p>
</li>
@@ -6342,19 +6230,18 @@ Système d’unité : un seul système d’unité doit être utilisé (p Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des
virgules.
</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Position GPS : vous devez utiliser les degrés décimaux, par exemple :
- 30.22496 30.821798
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_et_em_openoffice_calc_em">18.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open
-source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em>
-and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format
+</li> +<li> +<p> +Position GPS : utilisez les degrés décimaux, par exemple : 30.22496 + 30.821798 +=== <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em> +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open +source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em> +and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
this:</p></div>
@@ -6376,29 +6263,28 @@ to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and
-then import the dive data as explained on the section
-<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not
-accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft
-Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the
-Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One can change the
-character back to the default character by following the same procedure,
-outlined below.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, and then select <em>Control
- Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and then import +the dive data as explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing +CSV dives</a>.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.1. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not +accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft +Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the +Windows machine uses the new character as a separator. You can change the +character back to the default character by following the same procedure, +outlined below.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, then select <em>Control Panel</em> + from the list on the right-hand side. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p>
Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
</p>
@@ -6436,100 +6322,100 @@ top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div> <img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
</div>
</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the
-right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an
-alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue,
-marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Ensure that
-the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder
-that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a
-text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section
-<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a mechanism to create or modify templates for printing
-dive logs in order to produce customised printouts of dive logs. Templates,
-written in HTML as well as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered
-to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box allows one to <em>Edit</em>,
-<em>Delete</em>, <em>Import</em> and to <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or
-modified templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the
-dive log being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select
-one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
-(see image <strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final
-desired printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel comprises three tabs:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and colour
- template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are
- editable. Choose one of the four colour palets used for colour printing.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colours used for
- printing the dive log. The colours are highly customisable: the <em>Edit</em>
- buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing abritrary colours for different
- components of the dive log printout.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a
- template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming
- primitives. Grantlee provides the ability to create and format HTML code in
- a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can
- be edited and saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as
- the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> template is a skeleton with
- no specific print instructions. The informastion being printed needs to be
- specified and formatted in the by replacing the section marked with: "<!--
- Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions
- allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed an in which way it
- should be rendered.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log
-directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be
-modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in
-the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template the following elements must exist so that the
-template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em>
-backend. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
- <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the +right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an +alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue, +marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Be sure the +appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder +that was selected. You can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a +text editor, then import the dive data as explained on the section +<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div>
+<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> has a way to create or modify templates for printing dive logs +to produce customized printouts of them. Templates written in HTML, as well +as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered to the print device by +<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box lets you <em>Edit</em>, <em>Delete</em>, +<em>Import</em> and <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or modified +templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the dive log +being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select one of the +templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue (see image +<strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final desired +printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel has three tabs:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and color + template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are + editable. Choose one of the four color palettes used for color printing.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colors used for + printing the dive log. The colors are highly customizable: the <em>Edit</em> + buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing arbitrary colors for different + components of the dive log printout.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a + template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming + primitives. Grantlee can create and format HTML code in a highly simple but + efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can be edited and + saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as the dive being + processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> template is a skeleton with no specific + print instructions. The information printed needs to be specified and + formatted in the template by replacing the section marked with: "<!-- + Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions + allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed and in which way it + should be rendered.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log +directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be +modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in +the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template, the following elements must exist so the +template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em> back +end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows: +.template.html</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %} + <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1> {% endfor %}</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
- <h1> 2 </h1>
- <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found
-<a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
+ <h1> 2 </h1> + <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found at +<a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> <h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
@@ -6551,13 +6437,13 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> <tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) data of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
+</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) date of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
@@ -6571,45 +6457,89 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> <tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) divemaster data</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy data</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
+</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive master for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating ranges from 0 to 5</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) sac value</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) all dive tags concatenate together</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) used gas cylinder</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
+</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating which ranges from 0 to 5</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) SAC value for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of dive tags for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of gases used in the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">suit</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the suit used for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinders</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used cylinders</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinder0-7</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific cylinder</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weights</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used weight systems</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weight0-5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific weight system</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">maxcns</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) maxCNS value for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">otu</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) OTU value for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sumWeight</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the summed weight of all used weight systems</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">startPressure</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the start pressure</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">endPressure</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the end pressure</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">firstGas</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) first used gas</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> </div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as
<em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data
@@ -6714,15 +6644,15 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
}</code></pre>
</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses a special
-<em>CSS</em> selectors to do some searches in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors
-in the following table should be added.</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
+</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses special +<em>CSS</em> selectors to searche in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors in the +following table should be added.</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="33%" />
@@ -6739,18 +6669,18 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each div that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the div with this class to be divided into two pages, this can be used
-in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
+<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each dive that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the dive with this class from being divided into two pages. This can be used +in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> </table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
@@ -6763,16 +6693,16 @@ data-numberofdives = 0).</td> </tr></table>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives
-in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to fit as much dives as possible into
-one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the
-rendering mode</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
+<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives +in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to fit as many dives as possible into +one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the +rendering mode.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> render 6 dives per page:
</p>
</li>
@@ -6811,13 +6741,13 @@ page size.</td> <h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em>
-calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates
-gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular,
-it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas
-consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure -
-end pressure)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive
+calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates +gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular, +it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, gas +consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure - +end pressure)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually
don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong>
@@ -6856,33 +6786,32 @@ even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long
dive”.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones even
-though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of e.g. 999
-dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log. The
-history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total amount of
-time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the dive
-profile, but they have limited amount of memory to do so. The exact amount
-of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depend on sample interval
-and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives get
-overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last 13,
-30 or 199 dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before
-they were overwritten, there is a high chance that Subsurface can import
-these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be
-salvaged after being over written by new dives.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
-<div id="footer">
-<div id="footer-text">
-Last updated 2015-12-15 13:35:30 PST
-</div>
-</div>
-</body>
+</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones, even +though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of e.g. 999 +dives? <em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the +log. The history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total +amount of time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the +dive profile, but they have a limited amount of memory to do so. The exact +amount of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depends on sample +interval and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives +get overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last +13, 30 or 199 dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before +they were overwritten, there is a good chance that Subsurface can import +these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be +salvaged after being overwritten by new dives.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div>
+<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> +<div id="footer"> +<div id="footer-text"> +Last updated 2016-03-12 13:57:29 CET +</div> +</div> +</body> </html>
|